SHENZHEN ENCOM ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGIES CO. EDS1300 series Service manual

SHENZHEN ENCOM ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGIES CO. EDS1300 series Service manual
ISO9001:2008 Quality Management System Authentication
CE Authentication
EDS1000 series
EDS1100/EDS1300 series
Universal inverter
Ver.4.0
Service manual
SHENZHEN ENCOM ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGIES CO.,LTD.
Print version:V4.0-A5
Foreword
Encom
products
are
designed
and
produced
according
to
EN61800-5-1: 2007, EN61010-1:2010; EN61800-3: 2004+A1:2012 standards
under ISO9001:2008 quality management system.
Thank you for purchasing EDS1000 series multi-function universal inverter
from our company Shenzhen Encom Electric Technologies CO., LTD.
1. EDS1000 series can fulfill all kinds of demand for general-purpose inverter
by advanced control manner which make high torque, high precision and
wide-range speed regulation drive be available. EDS1000 is organic combine of
customer’s general need and industrial requirement to provide practical PI adjuster,
simple PLC, programmable input output terminal control, long-distance
synchronous control, impulse frequency provision and other special inverter
control with powerful function for customer and to provide highly-integrated
incorporative solution of high value for reducing system cost and improving
system reliability for device manufacturing and automatization engineering
customers.
EDS1000’s big torque low noise and low electromagnetic disturbance during
operation can fulfill customer’s environmental protection requirement by space
voltage vector PWM control technique, speed sensorless vector control
technology and electromagnetic compatibility unitary design.
2. EDS1100 series inverter specialized for drawing machine is a kind of
inverter in cable industry for winding and rewinding control. Its internal real-time
computing module can automatically identify the coil diameter of the receive
volume, the wire diameter of drawing wire , according to the changes of winding
and rewinding of the roll diameter, automatically adjust the output frequency of
winding and rewinding of the inverter, to keep constant tension of winding and
rewinding cable.
Drawing machine can divide into large drawing machine, medium drawing
machine, slender drawing machine and micro drawing machine other four,
composes of drawing and taking-up two parts. To improve the quality of cable and
lower the cost, drawing machine is general from single frequency control to
dual-frequency control, and now most of the dual-frequency control is generally
used external PID control board, the shortcomings of this approach are: the
control parameters of PID board is difficult to debug, the control performance
depends on the level of debugging skill; Too many components and adjustable
potentiometers on the PID board are more prone to damage, repair and
maintenance costs are high.
EDS1100 series inverters specialized in drawing machine adopt a unique
control method, independently form dual-frequency digital PID control system,
automatically identify the diameter of reel roll, the mechanical transmission ratio,
cable diameter, automatically adjust the PID parameters, track the speed of the
host, that is to pole zero of the tension balance when it powers on (middle point),
is a real sense of the fool-type inverter special for drawing machine. As long as
the correct general electrical wiring, you can work. Whether it is an empty plate,
half plate, full plate, or the low speed, medium speed, high speed, which ensures a
smooth start, smooth operation, constant tension when wire drawing machine at
work, as well as achieving start, stop at any time. Complete replacement of
external PID board to make the system more compact, cheaper, easier to maintain,
while controlling effect is more stable.
In order to maintain constant tension of the close and put, the inverter special
for drawing machine is to be in a relatively short period of time acceleration and
deceleration. During the process of acceleration and deceleration, the inverter
must provide larger start-up current, braking current and resulted in higher DC bus
voltage, thus it needs external braking resistor.
Appendix 1 only makes instructions of controlling function of the inverter
special for drawing machine, please use with EDS1000 manual simultaneously
when operating.
Assembling wiring, parameter setting, troubleshooting and daily maintenance
notices are available in this manual. To make sure that you can correctly assemble
and operate EDS1000 series inverters to exert their excellent performance, please
read this user manual detailed before you assemble the device and conserve the
manual appropriately before the end-user get them.
Please contact our office or dealer in all places at any moment if you have any
doubts or special demands when using these inverters, and you can also contact
our after service center in our Headquarters directly. We will serve you with all
our heart.
We reserve our right to notice you if we change contents of this manual.
Welcome to choose other inverters of our company:

EN600 series hi-performance flux vector inverter

EN500 series universal multi-function vector inverter

EDS-V300 series sensorless current vector control inverter

EDS800 series mini inverter
CONTENTS
1
Safety information and use notice points
1.1
Safety precautions
1.2
Use range
1.3
Use notice points
1.4
Scrap notice points
2
3
Type and specification of the inverter
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
2.1
Incoming inverter inspect
2.2
Type explanation
2.3
Nameplate explanation
2.4
Series type explanation
2.5
Appearance and parts name explanation
2.6
Outer size and gross weight
2.7
Outer size of key board and its fixing box
6
6
8
2.8
Product technic index and spec
8
Installation and wiring
3.1
Installation ambient
3.1.1
Demand for installation ambient
3.1.2
Installation direction and space
3.2
Parts disassembly and installation
3.2.1
Key board disassembly and installation
3.2.2
Plastic/metal cover disassembly and installation
3.3
Wiring notice points
3.4
Main loop terminal wiring
3.4.1
Connection between inverter and fitting parts
3.4.2
Main loop terminal wiring
3.5
Basic running wiring diagram
3.6
Control loop collocation and wiring
3.6.1
Location&function of terminal and slide switch
4
4
5
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
14
14
16
18
19
19
3.6.2
Explanation for control panel terminal
20
3.6.3
Analog input output terminal wiring
3.6.4
Communication terminal wiring
3.7.1
Restraining to noise disturbance
23
25
27
27
3.7.2
Locale wiring and earthing
29
3.7.3
Relation of long-distance wiring and current leak
3.7
Installation guide for anti-jamming
and the countermeasure
3.7.4
Installation demand for electromagnetic on-off
electronic device
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
4.1
Run of inverter
4.1.1
Running order channels
4.1.2
Frequency-provision channel
4.1.3
Work state
4.1.4
Run mode
4.2
29
Operation and use of key board
29
31
31
31
31
31
32
34
4.2.1
Keypad layout
34
4.2.2
Keypad function description
4.2.3
LED and indicator light
34
35
4.2.4
Key board display status
4.2.5
Method for operating keypad
4.3
Inverter electrification
4.3.1
Check before electrification
4.3.2
First electrification
5
Function parameter schedule graph
5.1
Symbol description
5.2
Function parameter schedule graph
6
Detailed function description
6.1
Basic run function parameter group: F0
35
37
41
41
41
42
42
42
57
57
6.2
Start, stop, braking function parameter group:F1
6.3
Auxiliary run function parameter group: F2
6.4
Closed-loop run function parameter group: F3
6.5
Simple PLC function parameter group:F4
6.6 Terminal correlative function parameter group: F5
6.7
Traverse special function parameter group: F6
6.8
Frequency provision function parameter group: F7
6.9
Motor and vector control parameter group: F8
6.10
Protection function parameter group:F9
6.11
Failure record function parameter group: Fd
6.12
Password and manufacturer function parameter group: FF
7
Troubleshooting
7.1
Failure and countermeasure
7.2
Failure record lookup
7.3
Failure reset
8
Maintenance
8.1
Routine maintenance
8.2
Inspection and replacement of damageable parts
8.3
Repair guarantee
8.4
Storage
9
Fitting parts
9.1
Communication subassembly
9.1.1
Long-distance operation key board
9.1.2
Communication cable
10
10.1
Examples
Common speed regulation running
10.2 Terminal control running
10.3
Multi-step speed control running
10.4
Closed-loop control system
10.5
Consecutive action running
10.6
Application to constant pressure water supply
62
64
73
82
87
99
101
104
105
108
109
110
110
113
113
114
114
114
115
115
116
116
116
116
117
117
118
119
120
121
122
Modbus communication protocol
128
Appendix1 EDS1100 drawing machine inverter manual
135
154
11
Appendix2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Appendix3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol (need
customized special process)
Appendix4 Braking resistance
168
178
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
1
1 Safety information and use notice points
Safety information and use notice points
In order to ensure the safety of your personal and equipment, before using the
inverter, please read this chapter of contents conscientiously.
1.1
Safety precautions
There are three kinds of safe relevant warnings in this service manual, they
are as follows:
!
This symbol explains items that need to be paid attention to when being
operated.
This symbol is briefed on some useful information.
note
!
This symbol briefs on: If does not operate on request, may cause death,
severely injured or serious property loss.
!
Forbid user directly power off when the inverter is under running, accelerating or
decelerating, must only ensure that the drive has been completely shut down or in
standby situation can perform power off operation. Otherwise, the users themselves
afford the damage of the inverter, equipment damage and personal accident.
!
(1) Forbid to connect U, V, W output end to AC power supply, otherwise cause the
complete damage of the inverter.
(2) Don't make P- and P + short-circuited, otherwise cause the inverter to be damaged.
(3) The inverter is forbidden to install on the flammables, otherwise have danger of fire.
(4) Don't install it in the environment with explosive gas, otherwise have danger of
causing explosion.
(5) After connecting main loop, should carry on insulating treatment to bare wiring end,
otherwise have danger of getting an electric shock.
(6) If being connected to the power supply, don't operate the inverter with moist hands,
otherwise have danger of getting an electric shock.
(7) The ground terminal of the inverter must be grounded well.
(8) Inverter being connected to power supply, please don't open cover and carry on
wiring, can connect the wire or check only after closing power for10 minutes.
(9) Only qualified personnel may carry on wiring and forbid leaving over any
conductive thing in machine, otherwise have danger of getting an electric shock or
causing damage of the inverter.
(10) Inverter stored for over 2 years, should be stepped up gradually with voltage
regulator first while having the electricity, otherwise have danger of getting
electric shock and explosion.
1
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
1 Safety information and use notice points
(1)
!
1.2
It is prohibited that connect AC 220V signal to control ends except TA, TB, TC,
otherwise have danger of damaging property.
(2) If the inverter is damaged or without all parts, please don't install and operate it,
otherwise have danger of fire or cause personnel to be injured.
(3) When installing, should choose a place where can endure the inverter, otherwise
have danger of injuring personnel or damaging property while falling down.
Use range
(1) This inverter is only suitable for three phases AC asynchronous motor in
general industrial field.
(2) While applying inverter to such equipments that relate much to the life, great
property, safety devices etc., must handle cautiously, and consult with
producer, please.
(3) This inverter belongs to the control device of general industrial motor, if used
in dangerous equipment, must consider the security safeguard procedures
when the inverter breaks down.
1.3
Use notice points
(1) EDS1000 series inverter is voltage-type inverter, so temperature, noise and
vibration slightly increasing compared to power source running when using,
belongs to normal phenomenon.
(2) If need to run for a long time with constant torque of low-speed, must select
motor of frequency conversion for use. Use general asynchronous AC motor
when running at a low speed, should control temperature of the motor or carry
on heat dissipation measure forcedly, so as not to burn the generator.
(3) Such mechanical device needing lubricating as the gearbox and gear wheel,
etc., after running at a low speed for a long time, may be damaged as
lubrication result become poor, please take necessary measure in advance.
(4) When the motor running with frequency above specified, besides considering
the vibration, noise increase of the motor, must also confirm speed range of
the motor bearing and the mechanical device.
(5) For hoist and great inertia load, etc., the inverter would shut off frequently due
to over-current or over-voltage failure, in order to guarantee normal work,
should consider choosing proper brake package.
(6) Should switch on/off the inverter through terminal or other normal order
channels. It is prohibited that switch on/off the inverter frequently by using
strong electric switch such as magnetic control conductor, otherwise will
cause the equipment to be damaged.
(7) If need to install such switch as the magnetic control conductor, etc. between
2
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
1 Safety information and use notice points
inverter output and the motor, please guarantee the inverter is switched on/off
without output, otherwise may damage the inverter.
(8) The inverter may meet with mechanical resonance of the load within certain
range of frequency output, can set up jumping frequency to evade.
(9) Before using, should confirm the voltage of the power is within the working
voltage range allowed, otherwise should vary voltage or order special inverter.
(10) In the condition of altitude above 1000 meters, should use the inverter in
lower volume, reduce output current by 10% of specified current after each
1500 meters height increasing.
(11) Should make insulation check to the motor before using it for the first time
or after a long time placement. Please inspect with 500V voltage-type
megohm meter according to method shown as graph 1-1 and insulation
resistance should not be smaller than 5 MΩ, otherwise inverter may be
damaged.
(12) To forbid assembling capacitor for improving power factor or lightningproof
voltage-sensible resistance etc., otherwise will cause malfunction trip of the
inverter or damage of the parts, shown as graph 1-2.
EDS1000
U
VW
After wiring, short-circuit U,
V, W to measure insulation
resistance.
motor
U
EDS2000
EDS1000 V
W
M
Grounding part
Megohm meter
Fig.1-1 motor insulation measure
1.4
Fig.1-2 capacitor at output side forbidden
Scrap notice points
When disposing scrap inverter and its parts, please note:
(1) The unit: please discard as industrial useless.
(2)
Electrolytic capacitor: when burning the inverter electrolytic capacitor
in it may explode.
(3) Plastic: when plastic, rubber parts etc. in the inverter are burning, they
may bring bad, poisonous gas, so please be ready to safeguards.
3
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
2
2.1
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Type and specification of the inverter
Incoming inverter inspect
(1) Check if there is damage during transportation and inverter itself has damage or
fall-off parts.
(2) Check if parts presented in packing list are all ready.
(3) Please confirm rated data of the inverter is in line with your order requirement.
Our product is guaranteed by strict quality system during manufacturing,
packing, transportation etc., please contact our company or local agent rapidly if
some careless omission or mistake arise, we’ll deal with it as soon as possible.
2.2
Type explanation
EDS1000- 4 T 0022 G / B
Inverter serial
code
No.
G
P
Inverter type
2
4
7
220V
380V
690V
code
Code
Input volt.
0004
0.4
Three phase
Single phase
0007
0.75
0750
75
Fig. 2-1
Fitting part
B
built-in brake unit
E
remote-control keypad
Motor power
(KW)
…
…
Volt. grade
T
S
code
General
Special
code
type description
If the inverter hasn’t relevant content or can be defaulted, code after “/” will be ignored.
note
2.3
Nameplate explanation
Nameplate presented as figure 2-2 with type and rating data at the bottom of
inverter right side.
Series Name
Type
Rated input volt. and frequency
Output volt. And frequency
Output apparent power and current
Serial No.
Manufacturer
Fig.2-2 Nameplate
4
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
2.4
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Series type explanation
Table 2-1 series type explanation
Inverter type
(G: general with constant torque:
P: special for blower water pump)
EDS1000/1300-2S0004
Input
voltage
(V)
EDS1000/1300-2S0007
Single
phase
220V
Rated power
(KVA)
Rated output
current (A)
Adapted motor
(KW)
1.1
3
0.4
1.8
4.7
0.75
2.8
7.5
1.5
3.8
10
2.2
EDS1000-2S0037
5.6
17
3.7
EDS1000-2T0007
1.1
4
0.75
2.1
7
1.5
3.2
10
2.2
5.3
15
3.7
EDS1000-2T0055
7.8
24
5.5
EDS1000-2T0075
10.5
32
7.5
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0007G/0015P
1.5/2.4
2.3/3.7
0.75/1.5
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0015G/0022P
2.4/3.3
3.7/5
1.5/2.2
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0022G/0037P
3.3/5.6
5/8.5
2.2/3.7
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0037G/0055P
5.6/8.6
8.5/13
3.7/5.5
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0055G/0075P
8.6/11
13/17
5.5/7.5
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0075G/0110P
11/17
17/25
7.5/11
17/21.7
25/33
11/15
21.7/25.7
33/39
15/18.5
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0185G/0220P
25.7/29.6
39/45
18.5/22
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0220G/0300P
29.6/39.5
45/60
22/30
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0300G/0370P
39.5/49.4
60/75
30/37
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0370G/0450P
49.4/60
75/91
37/45
EDS1000-4T0450G/0550P
60/73.7
91/112
45/55
EDS1000-4T0550G/0750P
73.7/99
112/150
55/75
EDS1000-7T0110G/0150P
17/21.7
15/18
11/15
EDS1000-7T0150G/0185P
21.7/25.7
18/22
15/18.5
EDS1000-7T0185G/0220P
25.7/29.6
22/28
18.5/22
EDS1000-7T0220G/0300P
29.6/39.5
28/35
22/30
EDS1000-7T0300G/0370P
39.5/49.4
35/45
30/37
EDS1000-7T0370G/0450P
49.4/60
45/52
37/45
60/73.7
52/63
45/55
73.7/99
63/86
55/75
EDS1000-7T0750G/0900P
99/116
86/98
75/90
EDS1000-7T0900G/1100P
116/138
98/121
90/110
EDS1000/1300-2S0015
EDS1000/1300-2S0022
EDS1000-2T0015
EDS1000-2T0022
EDS1000-2T0037
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0110G/0150P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0150G/0185P
EDS1000-7T0450G/0550P
EDS1000-7T0550G/0750P
Three
phase
220V
Three
phase
380V
Three
phase
690V
EDS1000-7T1100G/1320P
138/167
121/150
110/132
EDS1000-7T1320G/1600P
167/200
150/175
132/160
EDS1000-7T1600G/2000P
200/250
175/215
160/200
EDS1000-7T2000G/2200P
250/280
215/235
200/220
5
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
2.5
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Appearance and parts name explanation
digital
potentiometer
LED display
keypad
LED display
digital potentiometer
Upper cover plate
keypad
connection terminal
Control
cable
nameplate
inlet
bottom fitting hole
ventilation hole
Control cable inlet
Power supply input end
output end
ventilation hole
Fig. 2-3 Parts name sketch
2.6
nameplate
Power supply input end,
output end
Outer size and gross weight
Fig.a
Fig.b
Fig.d
H
Fig.c
D
Fig.e
Fig.2-4 Outer dimension
6
W
Fig.f
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Table 2-2
2 Type and specification of the inverter
EDS1000-2S0004~EDS1000-4T0750P mounting size
Fixing G.W.
A
B
W
H
D
D1
aperture
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Inverter type
(G: general; P: special)
EDS1000/1300-2S0004
EDS1000/1300-2S0007
EDS1000/1300-2S0015
EDS1000/1300-2S0022
EDS1000/EDS1100/1300-4T0007G/0015P
Fig.
110
160
125
170
123.2
135.5
4
2
Fig a
140
215
155
230
155
164
5
3.8
Fig b
185
275
200
290
178
187
6
6.3
Fig b
135
330
218
345
210
221
7
10
Fig c
180
410
260
430
252
261
9
17
Fig c
200
485
280
505
252
261
9
23
Fig c
200
515
300
535
252
261
9
33
Fig c
EDS1000/EDS1100/1300-4T0015G/0022P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0022G/0037P
EDS1000-2S0037
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0037G/0055P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0055G/0075P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0075G/0110P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0110G/0150P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0150G/0185P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0185G/0220P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0220G/0300P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0300G/0370P
EDS1000/1100/1300-4T0370G/0450P
EDS1000-4T0450G/0550P
EDS1000-4T0550G/0750P
EDS1000-2T0007~EDS1000-2T0075 mounting size
Inverter type
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
W
(mm)
H
(mm)
D
(mm)
Fixing
D1
G.W.
aperture
(mm)
(kg)
(mm)
Fig.
110
160
125
170
123.2
135.5
4
2
Fig a
140
215
155
230
155
164
5
3.8
Fig b
185
275
200
290
178
187
6
6.3
Fig b
EDS1000-2T0007
EDS1000-2T0015
EDS1000-2T0022
EDS1000-2T0037
EDS1000-2T0055
EDS1000-2T0075
EDS1000-7T0110G~EDS1000-7T2000G mounting size
Inverter type
EDS1000-7T0110G/0150P
EDS1000-7T0150G/0185P
EDS1000-7T0185G/0220P
EDS1000-7T0220G/0300P
EDS1000-7T0300G/0370P
EDS1000-7T0370G/0450P
EDS1000-7T0450G/0550P
EDS1000-7T0550G/0750P
EDS1000-7T0750G/0900P
EDS1000-7T0900G/1100P
EDS1000-7T1100G/1320P
EDS1000-7T1320G/1600P
EDS1000-7T1600G/2000P
EDS1000-7T2000G/2200P
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
W
(mm)
H
(mm)
D
(mm)
Fixing
aperture
(mm)
Fig.
200
552
284
570
252.7
9
Fig e
280
620
420
650
300
9
Fig d
320
720
500
750
300
12
Fig d
400
790
590
820
372
12
Fig d
-
-
630
1200
500
-
Fig f
7
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
2.7
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Outer size of keypad and its fixing box (unit: mm)
Fig.2-5 EN-KB5 outer size
Fig.2-6
EN-KB5 hole size
152.5
160
94
87.5
4
Fig.2-7 EN-KB6 outer size
2.8
EN-KB6 hole size
Product technic index and spec
Item
Rating volt., frequency
Input
Allowed work volt. range
output
8
Fig.2-8
Voltage
Item description
1 phase 220V grade, 1 phase 220V ,50Hz/60Hz;
3 phase 220V grade, 3 phase 220V ,50Hz/60Hz;
3 phase 380V grade, 3 phase 380V ,50Hz/60Hz;
3 phase 690V grade, 3 phase 690V ,50Hz/60Hz.
1 phase 220V grade: 200V~260V;
3 phase 220 V grade: 200V~260V;
3 phase 380 V grade: 320V~460V;
3 phase 690 V grade: 586V~760V;
220V grade: 0~220V;
380V grade: 0~380V;
690V grade: 0~690V;
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Frequency
0Hz-400Hz
Over loading capacity
Control mode
Speed regulation range
Start-up torque
Running speed stable state
precision
1: 100
150% of rating torque at 1 Hz frequency
≤±0.5% of rating synchronous speed
Digital setting: max. frequency×±0.01%;analog
setting: max.frequency×±0.5%
Analog setting
Frequency
Digital setting
resolution
Exterior impulse
precision : <100Hz 0.01Hz; ≥100Hz: 0.1Hz
V/F curve (volt. frequency
characteristic)
0.1% of max. frequency
0.5% of max. frequency
Automatic torque boost, manual torque boost
0.1%~12.0%
Set rating frequency randomly at range of
5~400Hz,can choose constant torque, degressive
torque 1, degressive torque 2, degressive torque 3
and user-defined V/F in total 5 kinds of curve
2 modes: straight line accelerating decelerating and
S curve accelerating decelerating; 7 kinds of
Accelerating decelerating curve
accelerating decelerating time (unit minute/second
can be optioned), max. time 6000 minutes.
brake
Power consumption Interior or exterior brake resistance. 690 V grade
brake
haven’t build-in brake unit .
DC brake
Jog
Running
function
G type: 150% of rating current for1 minute,200%
of rating current for 0.5 second;
P type: 120% of rating current for 1 minute;
Speed sensorless slip vector control,
open loop V/F control
Frequency precision
Torque boost
Control
performance
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Optional start-up and stop,
action frequency 0~15Hz,
action volt. 0~15%,action time 0~20.0 s
Jog frequency range: 0.50Hz~50.00Hz; jog
accelerating decelerating time 0.1~60.0s can be set
Multisection speed running
Realized by interior PLC or control terminal
Interior PID controller
Be convenient to make closed-loop system
Optimize V/F curve automatically based on the load
Automatic energy save running
to realize power save running
Automatic volt. regulation
Can keep constant output volt. When power source
(AVR)
voltage varies.
Limit running current automatically to avoid
Automatic current limiting
frequent over-current which will cause trip
Key pad specified, control terminal specified, serial
Running order specified channel
port specified.
Digital provision, analog provision, impulse
Running frequency specified
provision, serial port provision, combined
channel
provision,can be switched at any time by kinds of
method.
9
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
pulse output channel
Analog output channel
Can display setting frequency, output frequency,
output voltage, output current etc.
Lock the button
Lock all or part of the buttons(analog potentiometer
can’t be locked)
Protection function
Over-current protection, over-voltage protection,
lack-voltage protection, over-heat protection,
over-load protection, etc.
Fitting parts
brake subassembly, remote-control keypad,
connecting cable for remote-control keypad etc.
ambient
configuration
!
10
Impulse square wave signal output of 0~20KHz,
can realize output of physical parameter such as
setting frequency, output frequency etc.
2 channel of analog signal output,thereinto AO1
channel can be 4~20mA or 0~10V and AO2
channel is 0~10V; through them the inverter can
realize output of physical parameter such as setting
frequency, output frequency etc.
LED display
keypad
note
2 Type and specification of the inverter
Use ambient
indoor,not bare to sunlight,no dust, no corrosive
gas, no flammable gas, no oil fog, no vapor, no
water drop or salt etc.
altitude
Lower than 1000m ,if higher than 1000m ,need to
reduce amount to use.
Ambient temperature
-10ºC~+40ºC(under ambient temperature 40ºC
~50ºC, please reduce the volume or strengthen heat
sink)
Ambient humidity
Smaller than 95%RH, no condensation water
vibration
Smaller than 5.9m/s²(0.6g)
Storage temperature
-40ºC~+70ºC
Defending grade
IP20
Cooling mode
By fan with automatic temperature control
Mounting mode
Wall hanging
To exert excellent performance of this inverter, please choose correct type and check
relevant content according to this chapter before wiring for use.
Must choose correct type, otherwise may cause abnormal running of the motor or
damage of the inverter.
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3
3.1
3 Installation and wiring
Installation and wiring
Installation ambient
3.1.1
Demand for installation ambient
(1) Installed in drafty indoor place,ambient temperature within -10ºC~40ºC,need
external compulsory heat sink or reduce the volume if temperature exceeds
40ºC.
(2) Avoid installing in place with direct sunlight, much dust, floating fibre and
metal powder.
(3) Forbid to install in place with corrosive, explosible gas.
(4) Humidity should be smaller than 95%RH,without condensation water.
(5) Installed in place of plane fixing vibration smaller than 5.9m/s²(0.6g).
(6) Keep away from electromagnetic disturbance source and other electronic
apparatus sensible to electromagnetic disturbance.
3.1.2 Installation direction and space
(1) Normally the inverter should be mounted vertically, horizontal mounting will
seriously affect heat dissipation and the inverter must be used in lower
volume.
(2) Demand for minimum mounting space and distance,please see Fig.3-1.
(3) When install multiple inverters up and down, must apply leading divider
between them, see fig. 3-2.
Fan
exhaust
Fan
exhaust
110mm or more
50mm
50mm
or more
or more
200mm or more
100mm
or more
100mm
or more
200mm or more
110mm or more
Fig. 3-1 mounting space
11
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 Installation and wiring
inverter
Leading
divider
inverter
Fig. 3-2 mounting of multiple inverters
3.2
Parts disassembly and installation
3.2.1
Key board disassembly and installation
Mounting claw
(1) Disassembly
Let the forefinger press finger inlet on
the keypad,depress fixing flexible plate
on the top lightly, draw it outward, then
Hook
Mounting claw
you can disassemble the keypad.
(2) Assembly
Fig.3-3 mounting sketch of keypad
First place the fixing hook at the bottom of keypad onto mounting claw on
keypad mounting hole, let forefinger press fixing flexible plate on top of
keypad and then push it inside, release it in proper location(after a crisp
sound), see Fig. 3-3.
3.2.2 Plastic/metal cover disassembly and installation
3.2.2.1 Plastic cover disassembly and installation:
(1) Disassembly
Put the finger into handle hole on the bottom of cover, lift it in force, till
buckle between cover and unit body off, draw the cover backward, then you
can disassemble the cover.
(2) Assembly
1> tilt the cover for 5~10 degree;
2> put the mounting claw into relevant hole on the unit body and then press
downward in force, see fig. 3-4.
3.2.2.2 Metal cover disassembly and installation
12
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 Installation and wiring
(1) Disassembly
First take off 2 screws at sides of the cover and move it a bit outward
horizontally, then tilt it at 15 degree and draw it outward at direction shown in
right figure, now you can take the cover off.
(2) Assembly
First put down the cover in parallel with unit body and make it just locked at
2 sides of the inverter, secondly force it ahead and make fixing part on its top
inserted into fixing slot of unit body, at last screw the cover and finish assembly
for the cover. As shown in Fig.3-5.
Fig. 3-4
disassembly and mounting
sketch
of plastic
cover
3.3 wiring
notice
points
3.3 Wiring notice points
!
Fig.3-5 disassembly and assembly
for metal cover
(1) Assure power cuf off completely for above 10 minutes before wiring,otherwise have
danger of getting electric shock.
(2) Forbid connecting power wire to output U, V, W of the inverter.
(3) There is current leakage in the inverter and leak current of middle/high power inverter
is bigger than 5mA,for safety reason,inverter and motor must be earthed safely,
commonly use 3.5mm² above copper wire as ground wire and ground resistance
smaller than 10Ω.
(4) Before shipment compression resistance test of the inverter is passed,so user should
not conduct compression resistance test again.
(5) Should not assemble electromagnetic contactor and absorbing capacitance or other
absorbing device, see fig. 3-5.
(6) To be convenient to over current protect of input side and power off maintenance
inverter should be connected to power supply through relay.
(7) Connecting wire for relay input and output loop(X1~X8, OC1~OC4, FWD, REV),
should use above 0.75mm² glued wire or shielding wire,one shielding layer end hung
in the air, the other connected to grounding end PE or E, connecting wire shorter than
20m.
13
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
!
3 Installation and wiring
(1) Before wiring, assure power supply is cut off completely for 10 minutes and all LED
indicator light extinguished.
(2) Before internal wiring, confirm that DC volt. Between main loop end P+ and P- fall
down to below DC36V.
(3) Wiring can only be done by professional person trained and qualified.
(4) Before electrification, check if voltage grade of the inverter is in line with that of power
supply volt.,otherwise will cause personnel injured and device damaged.
EDS1000
U
V
M
W
Fig.3-6
3.4
banned magnetic control conductor and absorbing capacitance
between inverter and motor
Main loop terminal wiring
3 phase breaker
3 phase
AC power
supply
R
S
T
EDS1000
U
V
W
PE
M
Fig.3-7 main loop simple wiring
3.4.1
Connection between inverter and fitting parts
(1) Must assemble disjunction device such as isolation switch etc. between power
source and the inverter to assure personal safety when repairing the inverter
and needing compulsory power off.
(2) Power supply loop must have breaker or fuse with over current protection
function to avoid malfunction expanding caused by failure of after device.
(3) AC input reactor
If high-order harmonics between inverter and power supply is biggish which
can’t fulfil system requirement,or need to improve input side power factor,
AC input reactor is needed.
(4) Magnetic control conductor only be applied to power supply control and don’t
apply magnetic control conductor to controlling on/off of the inverter.
14
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
(5) Input side EMI filter
Can use EMI filter to inhibit
high-frequency conduction
disturbance and emission
disturbance from inverter power
supply wire.
(6) Output side EMI filter
Can use EMI filter to inhibit
emission disturbance noise and
wire leakage current from output
side.
(7) AC output reactor
Advise assembling AC output
3 Installation and wiring
R
S
T
N
Isolation switch
Breaker or fuse
AC input reactor(in option)
Magnetic control conductor
Input EMI filter(in option)
reactor to avoid motor insulation
damage, too large over current and
R S T
inverter frequent protection when
EDS1000
connecting wire from inverter to
Brake unit
(in option)
motor exceeds 50m.But voltage drop
Braking
resistor
PE U V W
of AC output reactor must be
considered. Improve input output
Output EMI filter (in option)
voltage of the inverter or let
the motor in lower volume to avoid
AC ouput reactor(in option)
burning off the motor.
(8) Complete ground wire
Inverter and motor must be earthed
M
and grounding resistor smaller than
Fig.3-8 connection of inverter and fitting parts
10Ω.Grounding wire should be
shorter enough and wire diameter be bigger enough(not smaller than following
standard):7.5KW or below motor: 3.5mm² above copper wire;11~15KW motor:
8mm² above copper wire. 18.5~37KW motor 14mm² above copper wire; 45~
55KW motor: 22mm² above copper wire.
15
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3.4.2
3 Installation and wiring
Main loop terminal wiring
For main loop input output terminal, see table 3-1.
Table 3-1
main loop input output terminal description
Adapted type
EDS1000-2S0004
~
EDS1000-2S0022
EDS1000-2S0037
EDS1000-2T0007
~
EDS1000-2T0022
Main loop terminal
L1
L2
P+
PB
L1 L2 P+ PB U
L1
V W PE
L2 P+ PB P- PE U V W
EDS1000-4T0007G
~
EDS1000-4T0037P
S
T U V W PE
~
PPE
U, V, W
P+
PB
U、V、W
PE
P+
PB
R、S、T
P+ PB R S T
E U V W
P+ PB R S T
U V WE
E
U、V、W
P+
PB
R、S、T
R S
T P+ PB U V W PE
EDS1000-4T0037G
EDS1000-4T0150P
U, V, W
PE
L1
L2
P+
PB
R、S、T
P+ PB R
EDS1000-2T0037
EDS1000-2T0055
EDS1000-2T0075
End name
R S T P+ PB
E U V W
U、V、W
E
R, S, T
P+
PB
U, V, W
PE
R, S, T
P+
PB
E
16
Function description
Zero wire
Live wire
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
Zero wire
Live wire
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
DC volt. negative end
Grounding terminal
3 phase AC output end
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
3 phase AC220V input
terminal
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
3 phase AC220V input
terminal
Grounding terminal
3 phase AC output end
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
3 phase AC220V input
terminal
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
3 phase AC 380V input
terminal
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
3 phase AC 380V input
terminal
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
Grounding terminal
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 Installation and wiring
U, V ,W
R、S、T
P+
PB
EDS1000-4T0150G
EDS1000-4T0185P
R S T P+ PB P- U V W
PU、V、W
R、S、T
note
EDS1000-4T0185G
~
EDS1000-4T0550G
EDS1000-4T0220P
~
EDS1000-4T0750P
R
EDS1000-7T0185G
~
EDS1000-7T1320G
EDS1000-7T0220P
~
EDS1000-7T1600P
P+ P P- R S
P
S T P P+ P- U V W PE P+
PU、V、W
PE
P+
P
T
P-
U V W PE R、S、T
U、V、W
PE
3 phase AC output end
3 phase AC 380V input
terminal
DC volt. positive end
Reserved end for external
braking resistance
DC volt. negative end
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
3 phase AC 380V input
Terminal
Reserved terminal for
exterior DC reactor
DC volt. positive end
DC volt. negative end
3 phase AC output end
Grounding terminal
DC volt. positive end
Reserved terminal for
exterior DC reactor
DC volt. negative end
3 phase AC 690V input
Terminal
3 phase AC output end
Shield grounding terminal
(1) Can connect braking unit between P+ and P- externally if necessary.
(2) Can connect DC braking resistor between PB and P+ externally if necessary.
(3) DC reactor can be connected between P and P+ if necessary, and original
short-circuited copper bar should be removed when connecting external reactor.
(4) P and P+ are short-circuited by copper bar ex factory. The copper bar can’t be removed
if you don’t connect reactor externally, otherwise the inverter can’t work.
17
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3.5
3 Installation and wiring
Basic running wiring diagram
Braking unit
(external,fitting part)
Braking resistance
(external,fitting part)
breaker
3 phase
Input power
50/60Hz
Forward run/stop
Reverse run/stop
Multi-function 1
Multi-function 2
Multi-function 3
Multi-function 4
Multi-function 5
Multi-function 6
Multi-function 7
(H-speed impulse input)
Multi-function 8
(H-speed impulse input)
Speed command
P+
PB
R(L1 220V AC)
S(L2 220V AC)
T
EDS1000
FWD
REV
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
COM
+10V/5V
0~10V
VCI
0~10V or 4~20mA
CCI
0~5V or 0~10V
YCI
PU
V
W
E
M
DC amperometer
4-20mA current signal
DC voltmeter
0~10V voltage signal
GND
AO1
AO2
DO
Cymometer
Output 24V impulse
signal
COM
OC1
OC2
open circuit
collector output
OC3
OC4
COM
TA ― +
TB Malfunction relay output
TC
GND
RS485+
RS485GND
Fig. 3-9
18
basic wiring diagram
Optional RS485
communication port
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3.6
3 installation and wiring
Control loop collocation and wiring
3.6.1 Location&function of terminal and slide switch:
For location of terminal and slide switch on the CPU board, please see
Fig.3-10.
Function description of terminal provided for the user, please see Table 3-2,
function and setup description of slide switch, please see Table 3-3,terminal CN1,
CN3 and are for manufacturer’s use. Should carry on terminal wiring correctly
and set all slide switch on the CPU board before using the inverter,to use 1mm²
above conducting wire as terminal connecting wire is recommended.
EDS1000
EDS1000
CPU board A
CPU board B
Fig. 3-10 slide switch on CPU board
Table 3-2 function description of terminal provided for user
symbol
function
RS485
RS485, JP15 communication port
JP15
Description
connection port for remote-control keypad ,
upper machine control or cascade and
synchronous control
JP1
Malfunction relay signal output
Always-open connect pin of the relay closed
when malfunction in inverter occurs
CN2
External terminal input output control
Use this port when external terminal control
inverter running
19
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
Table 3-3 function description of slide switch provided for user
Factory
default
Symbol
Function
JP7
YCI: 5V/10V voltage
input mode selection
: 0~5V voltage signal;
JP8
VCI: 5V/10V voltage
input mode selection
: 0~10V voltage signal;
JP9
CCI: current/voltage
input mode selection
: 0/4~20mA current signal;
JP6
analog
output
terminal AO1 output
current/voltage type
selection
3.6.2
Setting
0~5V
: 0~10V voltage signal
0~10V
: voltage signal
0/4~20mA
: 0~10V voltage signal
: 0~10V: AO1 terminal output voltage signal
: 4~20mA: AO1 terminal output current signal
0~10V
Explanation for control CPU board
(1) control loop terminal CN2 arranged as follows for inverter below 1.5kw:
X2
X1
485A
X3
X4
485B 10V/5V YCI
X5
VCI
X6
CCI
COM
GND
X7
AO2
AO1
COM
FWD
X8
OC1
REV
COM
OC2
24V
DO
(2) control loop terminal CN2 arranged as follows for inverter above 2.2kw:
X2
X1
10V
YCI
X3
VCI
X4
CCI
X5
GND
X6
AO1
COM
AO2
OC1
FWD
X8
X7
OC2
OC3
COM
OC4
REV
COM
24V
DO
(3) CN2 terminal function description as Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 CPU board CN2 terminal function table
item
symbol
name
Run
command
FWD
Forward run command
REV
Reverse run command
Multi-function
input terminal
X1
Multi-function input 1
X2
Multi-function input 2
20
X3
Multi-function input 3
Function description
Forward reverse run
command, see F5.08 group
double-wire and three-wire
control function description
Used for multi-function
input terminal, for detailed
see Chapter 6 Section 6.6
terminal function
parameter(F5 group)input
end function description.
Spec
Optocoupler isolation
input
Input impedance:
R=2KΩ
Max. input frequency:
200Hz
X1~X8
FWD, REV
Close
COM
effective
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
+24V
Multi-function input 4 X7, X8 can be set as
H-speed impulse input port,
Multi-function input 5 for detailed see Chapter 6
Section 6.6 terminal
Multi-function input 6 function parameter(F5
group)input end function
Multi-function input 7
description.
Multi-function input 8 (common end: COM)
+24V power supply
Power supply
+10V
+10V/+5V power
supply
COM
Common end+24V
power supply negative
pole
GND
+10V power supply
negative pole
CCI
Analog value input
YCI
VCI
Analog value output
AO1
AO2
3 installation and wiring
Analog value input
CCI
Provide +24V power
supply.
(negative pole: COM)
Provide +10V/+5V power
supply.
(negative pole: GND)
Common end and reference
ground of digital signal
input
Reference ground of analog
signal and +10V power
supply
Accept analog
voltage/current input,
voltage, current optioned by
slide switch JP9 , factory
default is current.
(reference ground: GND)
Accept analog voltage
input, 0~5V or 0~10V
optioned by slide switch
JP7, factory default is
Analog value input YCI
0~5V. Can control running
direction of the motor
directly.
(reference ground: GND)
Accept analog voltage
input,0~5V or 0~10V
optioned by slide switch
Analog value input VCI
JP8,factory default is
0~10V.
(reference ground: GND)
Provide analog
voltage/current output,can
express 6 kinds of
parameter see F5.17
parameter description,
Analog value output1
output voltage/current
optioned by slide switch
JP6,factory default output
voltage.
(reference ground: GND)
Analog value output 2
Input impedance of X7,
X8 input channel:
R=2KΩ
Max. output Freq.:
20KHz
Input voltage range:
15~24V
Max. output current:
150mA
Max. output current:
50mA
Internal isolating
between COM and
GND
Input voltage range:
0~10V
(input impedance:
70KΩ)
Input current range:
4~20mA
(input impedance:
250Ω)
Resolution: 1/1000
Input voltage range:
0~5V(input impedance
70KΩ),
0~10V(input impedance
36KΩ)
Resolution: 1/1000
Input voltage range:
0~10V (input
impedance: 70KΩ)
resolution: 1/1000
Current output range:
4~20mA
voltage output range:
0~10V
Provide analog voltage output
(reference ground: GND)
21
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Multifunction output end
OC1
Open circuit collector
output terminal 1
OC2
Open circuit collector
output terminal 2
OC3
Open circuit collector
output terminal 3
OC4
Open circuit collector
output terminal 4
DO
3 installation and wiring
Used for multi-function
switch output terminal, for
detailed see Chapter 6
Section 6.6 terminal
function parameter (F5
group) output end function
description.
(common end: COM)
Used for multi-function
impulse signal output
terminal, for detailed see
Chapter 6 Section 6.6
terminal function
parameter(F5 group) output
end function description.
(common end: COM)
H-speed impulse
output terminal
optocoupler isolation
output
Work voltage range:
15~30V
Max. output current:
50mA
Use method see
Description of
parameter F5.10~F5.13
Output impulse voltage:
24V
Output frequency range:
depending on parameter
F5.24, max.20KHz
(4) Terminal RS485,arranged as follows(planform of RS485 terminal):
RS485 terninal arrangement
1 2 345 6 7 8
!
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
name
485+
*
485-
*
*
GND
*
+5V
“*” terminal is for the manufacturer, user can’t use.
(5) RS485 terminal and JP15 function description as table 3-5
Table 3-5 CPU board RS485 terminal function table
item
symbol
RS485+
communication
RS485JP15
name
Function description
485 difference signal positive end
RS485
communication 485 difference signal negative end
interface
485 connector
You can choose crystal plug or connector for communication cable.
note
(6) Control terminal JP1,arranged as follows:
TA
TB
TC
(7) JP1 terminal function description as Table 3-6.
22
spec
For standard RS-485
communication interface
please use twisted-pair
or STP
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Table 3-6
Item
symbol
3 installation and wiring
CPU board JP1 terminal function
name
Function description
TA
Relay
output
terminal
TB
Inverter
Normal: TB-TC closed, TA-TC open
malfunction Malfunction: TB-TC open, TA-TC
output relay closed
TC
3.6.3
Spec
TB-TC: always-closed,
TA-TC: always-open
Contact capacity:
AC250V/2A (COSΦ=1)
AC250V/1A (COSΦ=0.4)
DC30V/1A
Analog input output terminal wiring
(1) VCI terminal accepts analog voltage signal input,wiring as follow:
VCI voltage input
EDS1000
+10V
+
0~+10
JP8
VCI
0~10V
Or 0~+5V
―
Shielded wire close end grounded
Fig.3-11
VCI voltage input
GND
PE
VCI terminal wiring diagram
JP8
0~5V
(2) CCI terminal accepts analog signal input,slide switch decide to input
voltage(0~10V) or input current(4~20mA),wiring mode as follows:
CCIcurrent input
EDS1000
JP9
+10V
+
0~+10
4~20mA
VCI
Or 4~20mA
CCI volt. input
―
Shielded wire close end grounded
GND
JP9
PE
0~10V
Fig.3-12
CCI terminal wiring diagram
23
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
(3) YCI terminal accepts analog voltage signal input,wiring mode as follows:
YCI current input
EDS1000
+10V
+
0~+10
JP7
VCI
0~5V
Or 0~+5V
―
Shielded wire close end grounded
Fig.3-13
YCI volt.
GND
PE
JP7
YCI terminal wiring diagram
0~10V
Explanation: relation between YCI input voltage and set frequency is as following
figure:
1> when YCI input voltage is 0~10V:
V
10V
5V
-high limit frequency
(REV)
0V
+high limit frequency
(FWD)
f(Hz)
2> when YCI input voltage is 0~5V:
V
5V
-high limit frequency
(REV)
2.5V
0V
+ high limit frequency
(FWD)
f(Hz)
(4) wiring of analog output terminals AO1, AO2
Analog output terminals AO1, AO2 connected to analog meter and kinds
of physical data can be indicated, thereinto AO1 can output current (4~20mA) or
voltage (0~10V) decided by slide switch JP6. Terminal wiring mode as Fig.3-13.
24
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
Analog current output
Analog meter
JP6
AO1
0~10V
AO2
Analog voltage output
GND
JP6
4~20mA
Fig.3-14
note
3.6.4
analog output terminal wiring
(1) When inputing anglog signal,can connect filter capacitor or common module
inductance between VCI and GND or between CCI and GND or between YCI and
GND.
(2) Analog input, output signal is easy to be disturbed,so must use shielded cable when
wiring and well grounded, wiring length should be as short as possible.
Communication terminal wiring
EDS1000 inverter provides RS485 serial communication interface for the user.
Following wiring methods make single-main single-sub control system or
single-main multi-sub control system possible. Using upper machine(PC or PLC
controller)software can realize real time supervision to inverter in the industrial
control system so that realize complicated run control such as long-distance
control, high automatization etc; you can also take one inverter as mainframe and
the others as submachine to form cascade or synchronous control network.
(1) When inverter RS485 interface connected to other devices with RS485
interface, you can connect wire as below figure.
EDS1000
RS485
1(485+)
A(485+)
3(485-)
B(485-)
Device with
RS485 interface
or EDS1000
(E)PE
Fig.3-15
Communication terminal wiring
(2) To connect remote control keypad, you can connect plug of remote control
keypad to RS485 directly. No need to set any parameter,inverter local keypad
and remote control keypad can work at one time.
25
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
(3) Connection between inverter RS485 interface and upper machine(with RS232
interface):
RS232/RS485 converter
Terminal explain
5Vpower positive
Terminal explain
Name
Name
TXD
Receivingdata line
RXD
5VPower ground
GND
Pin no.
PE
shell
RXD
2
TXD
3
GND
5
DTR
4
DSR
6
Terminal explain
RI
9
CD
1
RTS
7
CTS
8
Signal negative end
B
B
Signal negative end
Signal Positive end
A
A
Singnal positive end
Fig. 3-16
Signal
+5V
Sending data line
Name
Shielded
cable
RS485 communication wiring
(4) Multiple inverters can be connected together per RS485 and 31pcs inverter
can be connected together at most. Communication system is more prone to
disturbance as connected inverters increasing, following wiring is
recommended:
EDS1000
CPU board
Mainframe
A B PE
EDS1000
CPU board
Submachine
A B PE
……
EDS1000
CPU board
Submachine
A B PE
Fig. 3-17
recommended wiring for multiple inverters communication (all
inverters and motors well earthed)
Normal communication still not available if using above wiring, can try to take
following measure:
1> Provide separate power supply for PLC (or upper machine) or isolate its
power supply.
2> Apply magnetic circle on the communication wire.
3> Reduce inverter carrier wave frequency properly.
note
26
(1) When form the network only by inverters, you must set local address parameter
F2.15 of the mainframe EDS1000 to 0.
(2) For programming of RS485 interface,please refer to chapter 11 MODBUS
communication protocol.
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3.7
3 installation and wiring
Installation guide for anti-jamming
Main circuit of the inverter is composed of high-power semiconductor switch
gear,so some electromagnetic noise will arise during work,to reduce or stop
disturbance to environment,show you assembling method of inverter disturbance
suppressing from many aspects such as disturbance suppressing, spot wiring,
system grounding, leak current, usage of power supply filter etc. in this section to
be referred to during spot assembling.
3.7.1 Restraining to noise disturbance
Disturbance brought by the working inverter may affect nearby electronic
device,effect degree relates to surrounding electromagnetic environment of the
inverter and anti-disturbance capacity of this device.
(1) Type of disturbance noise
According to work principle of the inverter, there are mainly 3 kinds of noise
disturbance source:
1> circuit conduction disturbance;
2> space emission disturbance;
3> electromagnetic induction disturbance;
disturbance
conduction disturbance
space emission disturbance electromagnetic induction disturbance
Input wire
induction
Leak current
Power supply wire
grounding loop high-order armonic
disturbance
current disturbance
Inverter power
parts induction
Road⑥
Road①
Road⑦
Output wire
induction
Road⑧
Road②
Emission disturbance of
Emission
Emission disturbance
Inverter main loop switch disturbance from
from power supply
And switching power
motor wire U, V, W wire R, S, T
supply
Road③
Fig.3-18
Road④
Road⑤
type of noise disturbance
27
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
(2) Noise spread road
⑧
TV
②
⑥
⑤
power supply
②
③
inverter
④
Wireless set
meter
⑦
sensor ⑤
motor
①
Fig.3-19 noise disturbance spread road sketch
(3) basic countermeasure for suppressing disturbance
Table 3-7 disturbance suppressing countermeasure table
Noise
spread
road
①
②
③④⑤
28
Countermeasure of weakening effect
When grounding wire of peripheral device and wiring of the inverter compose
closed-loop, inverter grounding wire leakage current would make the device do
wrong action. Can reduce wrong action if the device is not earthed here.
High-order harmonic from the inverter would make voltage and current transmit
through power supply wire when peripheral device and the inverter electrified by
same power supply, would disturb other devices in this same power supply system,
can take following suppressing measure: assemble electromagnetic noise filter at
inverter input end;isolate other devices by isolation transformer; connect power
supply for peripheral device with remote power source; install ferrite filter magnetic
circle for R, S, T three-phase conducting wire of the inverter to suppress conduction
of high-frequency harmonic current.

Keep device and signal wire prone to disturbance from the inverter. Should
use shielded signal wire, shielding layer single end earthed and try best to keep away
from the inverter and its input, output wire. If signal wire must intersect strong power
cable, must keep them in real intersection and avoid parallel.

Install high-frequency noise filter(ferrite common module choke, folksay
magnetic circle) separately at input, output root,which can effectively suppress
emission disturbance from dynamic wire.

Should place motor cable shield of biggish thickness, for instance set it in tube
with biggish thickness (above 2mm) or bury it in cement slot. Dynamic wire set into
metal tube and use shielding wire to be grounded (use 4-core motor cable, one side is
earthed through the inverter, the other side connected to motor shell).
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
⑥⑦⑧
3 installation and wiring
To prevent parallel or bundled power and weak conducting wire;should keep away
from inverter mounted device to the best and its wiring should keep away from power
wire of the inverter such as R, S, T, U, V, W etc.. Should pay attention to relative
mounting place between device with strong electric field or strong magnetic field and
the inverter, should keep distance and vertical intersection.
3.7.2 Local wiring and earthing
Power supply wire or
(1) Avoid parallel cable from inverter to motor
motor cable
(U, V, W terminal education wire) and
power supply wire (R, S, T terminal input wire).
Control signal cable
Should keep distance of 30cm above.
Fig.3-20 system wiring demand
(2) Try your best to place motor table from
U, V, W terminals in metal tube or metal wiring slot.
(3) Should use shielded cable as common control signal cable,shielding layer
close-to–inverter side earthed after connected with PE terminal of inverter.
(4) Cable educed from inverter PE terminal must be connected directly to
earth-plate and can’t be connected to ground through grounding wire of other
devices.
(5) Powerful cable(R, S, T, U, V, W)should not parallel control signal cable
closely, say nothing of being bundled together, must keep distance of 20~60cm
above (related to size of powerful current). Should cross each other vertically if
intersection, as Fig.3-20.
(6) Powerful grounding wire must be connected to earth separately from weak
grounding cable such as control signal and sensor cable etc.
(7) Forbid to connect other electricity consumption device to inverter power
supply input end(R, S, T).
3.7.3 Relation of long-distance wiring and current leak and the
countermeasure
High-order harmonic will form between-line leak current through distributing
capacitor and to-earth leak current when long-distance wiring between inverter
and motor commence. Can adopt following method to suppress:
(1) install ferrite magnetic circle or output reactor at inverter output side.
End voltage of the motor will be reduced markedly when installing reactor of 5%
above rated voltage dropn and make long-distance wiring to U, V, W. Fully loaded
motor have the danger of burning itself,should work in lower volume or step up its
input output voltage.
!
(2)
Reduce carrier wave frequency but motor noise would increase accordingly.
3.7.4
Installation demand for electromagnetic on-off electronic device
Relay,magnetic control conductor and electromagnetic iron and so on,
29
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
3 installation and wiring
these electromagnetic on-off electronic device would bring lots of noise during
work, so you should pay full attention to when installing them beside the inverter
or in the same control chamber with the inverter and must install surge absorbing
device as shown in Fig. 3-21.
diode
+
24VDC
_
Voltage-sensible resistor
Inverter or
~
other electric
220VAC
apparatus
~
RC-filter
~
220VAC
Fig.3-21
30
~
installation demand for electromagnetic on-off device
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
Run and operation explanation for inverter
4.1 Run of inverter
4.1.1
Running order channels
There are 3 kinds of order channel for controlling run action of the inverter
such as run, stop, jog etc.:
0: keypad
Control by key
RUN
,
STOP
,
REV
JOG
on keypad(factory default).
1: Control terminal
Use control terminal FWD, REV, COM to make of double-line control,or
use one terminal of X1~X8 and FWD or REV to make of three-line control.
2: Serial port
Control run and stop of the inverter through upper machine or other device
which can communicate with the inverter.
Choose order channel by setting function code F0.02;and also can choose by
multi-function input terminal(F5.00~F5.07 choose function 29, 30, 31).
!
4.1.2
Please make switching debugging in advance when switch the order channel to check if
it can fulfil system requirement,otherwise have danger of damaging device and injuring
personal.
Frequency-provision channel
EDS1000 common run mode there are 10 kinds of provision channel:
0: keypad analog potentiometer provision;
1: direct digital frequency provision;
2: terminal UP/DOWN provision(store after power-off or stop);
3: serial port provision;
4: analog value VCI provision;
5: analog value CCI provision;
6: analog value YCI provision;
7: terminal pulse(PULSE) provision;
8: combination set;
9: terminal UP/DOWN provision(not store after power-off or stop)
4.1.3 Work state
Work state of EDS1000 is classified as waiting state and running state:
waiting state: If there is no running command after the inverter electrified or after
stop command during running state, the inverter enters into waiting state.
running state: the inverter enters into running state after receiving run command.
31
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4.1.4
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
Run mode
EDS1000 inverter have 6 kinds of run mode,following is in turn according
to their priority: jog run→closed-loop run→PLC run→multisection speed run→
swing frequency run→common run. Shown as Fig.4-1.
electrification
waiting
state
Any jog command?
high priority
Y
Jog run
N
N
Run command effective?
Y
Closed-loop effective?
N
Y
N
Closed-loop
invalidation end closed?
Y
PLC effective?
N
Y
Y
Multisection end effective?
closed-loop
run
PLC invalidation
end closed?
N
PLC run
Y
multisection
run
Y
traverse
run
Y
common
run
N
Traverse run?
low priority
N
Common run?
N
Fig.4-1
logic flow chart of EDS1000 inverter run state
0: jog run
Upon receiving jog run command (for instance, press the REV
key on keypad)
JOG
during waiting state, the inverter run at jog frequency (see function code
F2.06~F2.08).
1: closed-loop run
32
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
The inverter will come into closed-loop run mode when closed –loop run control
effective parameter is set(F3.00=1). Namely carry on PID adjustment to specified
value and feedback value(proportion integral differential calculation,see F3 group
function code) and PID adjustor output is inverter output frequency. Can make
closed-loop run mode ineffective and switch to lower level run mode by
multi-function terminal (function 20).
2: PLC run
The inverter will enter into PLC run mode and run according to run mode
preset(see F4 group function code description) through setting PLC function
effective parameter(F4.00 last bit≠0). Can make PLC run mode ineffective and
switch to lower level run mode by multi-function terminal (function 21).
3: multi-section speed run
By nonzero combination of multi-function terminal(1, 2, 3, 4 function),choose
multisection frequency 1~7(F2.30~F2.36) to run at multisection speed.
4: swing frequency run
The inverter will enter into swing frequency run mode when swing frequency
function effective parameter(F6.00=1)is set. Set relevant swing frequency run
special parameter according to textile swing frequency craft to realize swing
frequency run.
5: common run
Common open loop run mode of general inverter.
In above 6 kinds of run mode except “jog run” the inverter can run according to
kinds of frequency setting method. In“PID run”
“PLC run”“multisection run”
“common run”mode the inverter can also carry on pendular frequency
adjustment.
33
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4.2
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
Operation and use of key board
4.2.1
Keypad layout
Keypad is main unit for receiving command, displaying parameter. Outer
dimension of EN-KB6 is as Fig.4-2:
Forward run indicator light
Failure alarm indicator light
Reverse run indicator light
Current unit(A)
Mode indicator light
Voltage unit(V)
Digital display (LED)
Frequency unit(Hz)
Stop, reset key
Run key
Analog potentiometer
Shift/supervision
Rev/Jog key
Program, exit key
Confirm/data key
Data modification key
Fig.4-2 keypad layout sketch
4.2.2
Keypad function description
There are 8 key-presses and one adjusting button for analog potentiometer
on inverter Keypad and function definition of each key is as shown in table 4-1.
Table 4-1 keypad function table
key
name
ESC
MENU
Program/Exit key
Enter into or exit programming state
SHIFT
Shift/Supervision
key
Can choose modification digit of set data under editor state;can
switch display status supervision parameter under other state.
ENTER
DATA
Function/Data key
Enter into the next menu or data confirmation
REV
JOG
Rev/Jog key
RUN
Run key
STOP
RESET
34
Stop/reset key
Function description
Under keypad mode, to press this key can set reverse run or Jog
run according to the 2nd bit of parameter F0.03
Enter into forward run under keypad mode
In common run status the inverter will be stopped according to set
mode after pressing this key if run command channel is set as
keypad stop effective mode. The inverter will be reset and resume
normal stop status after pressing this key when the inverter is in
malfunction status.
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4.2.3
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
Analog
potentiometer
Be used to set frequency; when F0.00=0 value set by analog
potentiometer is frequency provision
Increasing button
To increase data or function code (to press it continuously can
improve increasing speed)
Decreasing button
To decrease data or function code (to press it continuously can
improve decreasing speed)
LED and indicator light
4 status indicator light: they are MOD(mode), ALM(alarm), FWD(forward run),
REV(reverse run)from left to right on the LED, their respective indicating
meaning is as shown in table 4-2.
Table 4-2 status indicator light description
item
Function description
Digital display
A, Hz, V
Status indicator light
Display function
MOD
ALM
FWD
REV
4.2.4
Display current run status parameter and set parameter
unit for relevant current digital displayed physical parameter(for
current is A, for voltage is V, for frequency is Hz)
This indicator light is lit in nonsupervision status and extinguished
if no key pressed for a minute, then come back to supervision status
Alarm indicator light, indicate that the inverter is in over current or
over voltage suppressing status or failure alarm status currently
Forward run indicator light,indicate that the
inverter output forward phase order and the
connected motor rotate in forward direction
reverse run indicator light, indicate that the
inverter output reverse phase order and the
connected motor rotate in reverse direction
The inverter work in
DC brake status if
FWD, REV
indicator light is lit
at the same time
Key board display status
EDS1000 keypad display status is classified as waiting status parameter display,
function code parameter editing status display, malfunction alarm status display, run
status parameter display in total 4 kinds of status. LED indicator light will all be lit
after the inverter electrified, and digital display LED will display character“-EN-”
,
then enter into set frequency display. As shown in Fig.4-3 a.
(1) waiting parameter display status
The inverter is in waiting status and waiting status supervision parameter is
displayed on keyboard, normally parameter F3.28 decide which status supervision
parameter to be displayed. As shown in Fig.4-3 b,the unit is indicated by rightward
unit indicator light.
To press SHIFT key,it can display different waiting status supervision
parameter circularly(display 15 kinds of supervision parameter of C group
acquiescently,whether the last 7 kinds of supervision parameter are displayed is
difined by function code F2.11,F2.12, for detail please see C group status
35
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
supervision parameter in function parameter schedule graph of chapter 5).
(2) run parameter display status
The inverter enters into run status when receiving effective run command and
normally parameter F3.28 decide which status supervision parameter to be displayed
on the keypad. As shown in Fig.4-3 c,unit is displayed by rightward unit indicator
light.
To press SHIFT key,can display run status supervision parameter
circularly (defined by function code F2.11 and F2.12). During displaying, can
press ENTER
to switch to initial supervision parameter decided by F3.28,
DATA
otherwise will display the last displayed parameter all along.
Set frequency
Fig.a
electrification,
display-EN-
Fig.b
Output frequency
waiting status,display
run status, display run
Fig.c
waiting status parameter
status parameter
Fig.4-3 inverter electrification, waiting, run status display
(3) Failure alarm display status
The inverter enters into failure alarm display
status upon detecting failure signal and display
failure code sparklingly(as shown in Fig.4-4);
To press SHIFT key can look over relative
over current in accelerating
parameter after stopping running;Can
ESC
press MENU key to enter into program status
to see about Fd group parameter if want to
Fig.4-4 failure alarm
search failure information.
STOP
Can carry on failure restoration by RESET key, control terminal or
communication command on the keypad after troubleshooting. Keep displaying
failure code if failure exist continuously.
!
36
For some serious failure,such as inverse module protect,over current, over voltage
etc., must not carry on failure reset forcibly to make the inverter run again without
failure elimination confirmed. Otherwise have danger of damaging the inverter!
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
(4) function code editing status
ESC
Under waiting, run or failure alarm status,press MENU
key,can enter into
editing status(If user password is set,can enter into editing status after inputting
the password,see also FF.00 description and Fig.4-10),and editing status is
displayed according to three classes menu mode,as shown in Fig. 4-5. To press
ENTER key can enter into one class by one class. Under function parameter
DATA
ENTER
display status,to press
key to carry on parameter storage operation;
DATA
ESC
To press MENU key can only come back to upper class menu without stroring
modified parameter.
MENU
electrification
Set frequency
Switch display
First class menu ENTER
run parameter
MENU /ESC
Waiting status
parameter Display or
run status parameter
display or failure alarm
display
Second-class
ENTER
menu
Frequency
setting mode
MENU /ESC
Third-class
menu
Digital provision
MENU/ESC
ENTER/DATAstore para.
Editing status
Fig.4-5 keypad display status switching
(5) Special display function
You can change set frequency under supervision state directly when keypad
potentiometer is effective (F0.00=0) or keypad digital setting is effective
(F0.00=1). Here the inverter displays set frequency if it’s stop or displays output
frequency if it’s running. After set frequency stops changing for 1 second the
inverter will go back to normal display status.
4.2.5 Method for operating keypad
Can carry on various operation to the inverter through keypad,for example:
(1) Status parameter display switching:
After pressing key SHIFT ,display C group status supervision parameter; after
displaying one supervision parameter code for 1 second, will display this
parameter value automatically.
37
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
1s
1s
LED displayed
50.00
C-01
Para. value
C-02
Para. value
content
Set frequency
Output
frequency
Output
current
Key-press
SHIFT
SHIFT
operation
order
1s
1s
parameter
C-14
parameter
C-03
Output voltage
Pulse input
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
∫…∫
Fig. 4-6 waiting status parameter display operating example
Description:
1> All status parameters C-00~C-14 can be displayed when the inverter leaves
factory. You can make a change by modifying function code F2.11, F2.12 if
you want to, for detail please refer to F2.11, F2.12function code description.
2> Can press ENTER
key to switch into constant supervision C-01 display
DATA
status directly when the user see about status supervision parameter.
(2) Function code parameter setting
Take function code F2.06 modified from 5.00Hz to 6.00Hz as example.
Boldface in Fig.4-7 shows flickering digit.
LEDdisplayed
50.00
content
Key-press
operation
order
Exit editing
status
ESC
MENU
-F0ESC
MENU
F2.00
Choose
Enter into
F2 group
editing Status
display first-class function
code
menu
-F2-
Go back to
First-class
menu
-F2-
F2.07
ESC
MENU
ENTER
DATA
Function group
confirmation go
into second-class
menu
06.00
ENTER
DATA
Store modified
value,back to
second-class menu
Display next
function code
F2.06
Choose
function
code
F2.06
05.00
ENTER
DATA
05.00
SHIFT
Parameter
modification,
5→6
Function code
Parameter
confirmation,
modification,
Choose parameter Enter into
third-class
digit
menu
Fig.4-7 example for parameter setting and modification
Description: under third-class menu, if the parameter has no blinking digit,this
function code can’t be modified,possible reasons are as follows:
1> This function code shouldn’t be modified, for example actual detected status
parameter, run record parameter etc.;
2> This function code can’t be modified under run status and can be changed
after stopping running;
38
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
3> Parameter protected. All the function code can’t be modified when function
code F2.13=1 or 2,in order to avoid wrong operation. Need to set the
function code F2.13 to 0 if you want to edit function code parameter.
(3) Specified frequency adjustment for common run
Take example modifying specified frequency from 50.00Hz to 40.00Hz at
F0.00=0 during running for explanation.
LED displayed
content
Key-press
operation
order
50.00
45.00
49.99
40.00
Press decreasing Adjust frequency
button for one
based on
time
requirement
…
Stop pressing after set
value reached, go back
to normal display status
after 1 second
Fig. 4-8 set frequency adjustment operation example
(4) Jog run operation
For example, keypad as current run command channel, jog run frequency 5Hz,
waiting status.
LED displayed
content
Key-press
operation
order
50.00
5.00
0.01
press
waiting
Display
set frequency
REV
JOG
keep
50.00
0.01
release
…
Display run
output frequency
REV
JOG
REV
waiting
JOG
Output
Output frequency
frequency
Fall down to 0Hz
Increased by 5Hz Stop running
Fig.4-9 Jog run operating example
(5) Operation for entering to function code editing status after setting user
password
“user password”FF.00 is set to“6886”. Boldfaced digit in Fig.4-7 shows
blinking bit.
LED displayed
0.0.0.0
50.00
0.0.0.6
0.0.0.6
content
Key-press
ESC
SHIFT
MENU
operation
move cursor
user password
At first last
Nonediting
order
effective, go into Digit flash,
position to
status
password
Increase to“6” first digit
validation status
-F0ENTER
DATA
Press confirmation
Key, pass validation,
Go into editing status
Fig.4-10
6.8.8.6
6.8.0.6
6.8.0.6
Increase
to“8”
Move to third
digit
6.0.0.6
Increase
to“6”
6.0.0.6
SHIFT
SHIFT
Increase
to“8”
Move to
second
digit
inputting password to go into function code operation
39
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
(6) See about failure parameter under failure status:
LED displayed
content
Key-press
operation
order
1s
Fd.06
E001
SHIFT
1s
50:00
Failure set freq.
1s
SHIFT
1500
Fd.07
1s
45:00
Failure output freq.
SHIFT
SHIFT
1s
Fd.14
1111
Failure run time
Fd.13
Fig.4-11
380
Failure terminal status
SHIFT
SHIFT
5.5
Fd.08
Failure current
1s
Fd.09
Failure output volt.
SHIFT
∫…∫
failure status searching operation example
Description:
1> If press SHIFT key under failure status the user can see about Fd group
function code parameter, search range Fd.06~Fd.14,LED first display function
code number when the user press SHIFT key and display parameter digit of this
function code after 1s.
2> When the user see about failure parameter,can press ENTER
key directly to
DATA
switch back to failure alarm display status (E0XX)
(7) keypad key-press locking operation
ESC
Under unlocked keypad situation,press MENU key for 5s to lock the keypad.
For detailed operation please refer to 2nd bit of F2.13 function code.
(8) keypad key-press unlocking operation
Under locked keypad situation,press
40
ESC
MENU
key for 5s to unlock the keypad.
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
4.3
4
Run and operation explanation for inverter
Inverter electrification
4.3.1 Check before electrification
Please carry on wiring based on operation requirement provided in “inverter
wiring” of this Service manual.
4.3.2
start
First electrification
Close input side AC power
supply switch after correct wiring
and power supply confirmed,
electrify the inverter and keypad
LED display “-EN-”, contactor
closed normally, LED displayed
set frequency shows that
electrification is finished. First
electrification operation process is
shown as figure in the page.
wiring based on 3.5 section
N
wiring correct?
Y
N
input voltage correct?
Y
electrify
Y
display-EN-?
N
Y
Hear contactor closed sound?
N
Y
display set frequency?
Y
success
N
failure
cut off power
check reason
Fig. 4-12
first electrification operation flow
41
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
5.1
5
Function parameter schedule graph
Function parameter schedule graph
Symbol description
× ---- parameter can’t be changed in process of running
○ ---- parameter can be changed in process of running
* ---- read-only parameter, unmodifiable
5.2
Function parameter schedule graph
F0-Basic run function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
0: keypad analog potentiometer setting
1: keypad digital setting
2: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting freq.
(stored after power off or stop)
3: serial port provision(not stored after power off)
4: VCI analog setting (VCI-GND)
5: CCI analog setting (CCI-GND)
6: YCI analog setting (YCI-GND)
7: terminal pulse (PULSE) setting
8: combination setting
9: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting freq.
(not stored after power off)
10: serial port provision (stored after power off)
F0.00
Frequency input
channel selection
F0.01
Freq. digit setting Lower limit Freq.~upper limit Freq.
F0.02
F0.03
○
Run direction
setting
1st bit: 0, forward run; 1, reserved
2nd bit: 0, reverse run allowed
1, reverse run banned
3rd bit: REV/JOG key selection
0: as reverse run key
1: as jog key
1
100
○
1
0
×
0.1(%)
20.0(%)
○
0.1(%)
60.0(%)
○
1
0
×
0.1
20.0
○
0.1
20.0
○
0.1-6000.0
F0.10
Upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-400.00Hz
42
○
0
Dece time 1
F0.07
0.01Hz 50.00Hz
○
1
F0.09
F0.06
1
Run command
channel selection
F0.08
F0.05
1
Factory Modifi
default -cation
0: keypad run control
1: terminal run command control
(keypad stop command ineffective)
2: terminal run command control
(keypad stop command effective)
3: serial port run command control
(keypad stop command ineffective)
4: serial port run command control
(keypad stop command effective)
0: linear Acce/Dece mode
1: S curve Acce/Dece mode
10.0(%)-50.0(%)(Acce/Dece time)
F0.05+F0.06≤90(%)
10.0(%)-70.0(%)(Acce/Dece time)
S curve rising time
F0.05+F0.06≤90(%)
Acce/Dece time
0: second
unit
1: minute
Acce time 1
0.1-6000.0
F0.04
Min.
unit
Acce/Dece mode
selection
S curve start
time
0.01Hz 50.00Hz
×
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F0.11
F0.12
F0.13
F0.14
F0.15
F0.16
5
Function parameter schedule graph
Lower limit freq.
0.00-Upper limit freq.
0.01Hz
0: run at lower limit freq.
Lower limit freq. 1: stop by slow down
1
run mode
2: free stop(The inverter cut off output, the motor
stop freely)
Torque
boost 0: manual boost
1
mode
1: automatic boost
Torque boost
0.0-12.0 (%)
0.1(%)
1
0: constant torque curve
1: degressive torque curve 1(the 2.0nd power)
2: degressive torque curve 2 (the 1.7th power)
3: degressive torque curve 3 (the 1.2th power)
4: End-user sets VF curve himself(determined by
F2.37~F2.44)
F2.37
VF Freq. value 0
F2.38
VF voltage value 0
V/F curve setting
F2.39
VF Freq. value 1
0.01Hz
F2.40
VF voltage value 1
0.01%
F2.41
VF Freq. value 2
0.01Hz
F2.42
VF voltage value 2
0.01%
F2.43
VF Freq. value 3
0.01Hz
F2.44
VF voltage value 3
0.01%
Remark: VF frequency and voltage can’t be 0
0.01Hz
or maximum
0.01%
0: G type
G/P type setting
1
1: P type
0.00Hz
×
0
×
0
○
2.0(%)
0
○
×
10.00Hz
20.00%
20.00Hz
40.00%
25.00Hz
50.00%
40.00Hz
80.00%
0
×
F1-Start, stop, braking function parameter group
Function
code
Name
F1.00
Start run mode
F1.01
starting freq.
starting freq.
duration time
DC brake volt.
when starting
DC brake time
when starting
F1.02
F1.03
F1.04
F1.05
F1.06
F1.07
F1.08
Stop mode
Set range
0: start from starting freq.
1: first brake, then start from starting freq.
2: Start after inspecting speed
0.0-10.00Hz
Min.
Factory Modifi
unit
default -cation
1
0
×
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
○
0.0-20.0S
0.1s
0.0s
○
0-15(%)
1
0
○
0.0-20.0s
0.1s
0.0s
○
1
0
×
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
○
0.1s
0.0s
○
1
0
○
0: Dece stop
1: free stop
2: Dece+DC brake stop
DC brake
initiative freq.
0.0-15.00Hz
when stop
DC brake time
0.0-20.0s
when stop
DC brake voltage
0-15(%)
when stop
43
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
Function parameter schedule graph
F2-Auxiliary run function parameter group
Function
code
F2.00
F2.01
F2.02
Name
Analog filter time
constant
Forward reverse
run dead-section
time
Automatic energy
save run
F2.03
AVR function
F2.04
Slip frequency
compensation
Set range
Factory Modifi
default -cation
0.00-30.00s
0.01s
0.20s
○
0.0-3600.0s
0.1s
0.1s
○
1
0
×
1
0
×
1
0
×
0.1K
depend
on
machine
type
×
0.01Hz
5.00Hz
○
0.1s
0.1s
20.0s
20.0s
○
○
1
0
×
1(%)
100(%)
○
0: no action
1: action
0: no action
1: action all the time
2: no action only during Dec
0~150(%)0-no slip frequency compensation
F2.05
0.5-15.0K
Carrier wave freq. (Vary from different motor types; please see the
reference on chapter 6)
F2.06
Jog run frequency 0.10-50.00Hz
F2.07
F2.08
Jog Acce time
Jog Dece time
0.1-60.0s
0.1-60.0s
F2.09
Frequency input
channel
combination
0: VCI+CCI
1: VCI-CCI
2: YCI+CCI
3: RS485+YCI
4: VCI+YCI
5: reserved
6: exterior pulse provision+CCI
7: exterior pulse provision-CCI
8: reserved
9: reserved
10: reserved
11: reserved
12: reserved
13: VCI , CCI any nonzero value effective, VCI
preferred
14: reserved
15: RS485+CCI
16: RS485-CCI
17: RS485+VCI
18: RS485-VCI
19: RS485+keypad potentiometer
20: RS485- keypad potentiometer
21: VCI+ keypad potentiometer
22: VCI- keypad potentiometer
23: CCI+ keypad potentiometer
24: CCI- keypad potentiometer
25: reserved
26: reserved
27: reserved
28: reserved
F2.10
Main
&
sub
inverter
communication
0-500(%)
frequency
provision
proportion
44
Min.
unit
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.11
LED display
control 1
F2.12
LED display
control 2
F2.13
Parameter
operation
control
F2.14
Communication
configuration
5
Function parameter schedule graph
0000-1111
first bit: running time
0: not display
1: display
second bit: accumulative time
0: not display
1: display
third bit: input terminal status
0: not display
1: display
kilobit(fourth bit):
output terminal status
0: not display
1: display
0000-1111
first bit: analog input VCI
0: not display
1: display
second bit: analog input YCI
0: not display
1: display
third bit: analog input CCI
0: not display
1: display
kilobit(fourth bit):
exterior pulse input
0: not display
1: display
LED 1st bit:
0: all parameter allowed to be
modified
1: except this parameter,all
other parameter not
allowed to be modified
2: except F0.01 and this
parameter, all other
parameter not allowed to be
modified
LED 2nd bit:
0: no action
1: renew factory default
2: clear history failure record
LED 3rd bit(After setting, It will be valid after
pressing MENU key for 5 seconds and entering into
Locc status):
0: lock all buttons
1: all buttons locked except STOP key
2: all buttons locked except
, STOP key
3: all buttons locked except
RUN, STOP key
4: all buttons locked except
SHIFT, STOP key
LED first bit: baud rate
selection
0: 1200BPS
1: 2400BPS
2: 4800BPS
3: 9600BPS
1
1111
○
1
1111
○
1
0
×
1
003
×
45
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.15
5
Function parameter schedule graph
4: 19200BPS
5: 38400BPS
LED second bit: data format
0: 1-8-1format, no checkout
1: 1-8-1 format,
even checkout
2: 1-8-1 format,
odd checkout
LED third bit:response selection
0:Respond to host command and reply to data packet
1:Respond to host command, but not reply
0-127,0 is broadcast address.
1
1
×
0.0 - 1000.0s , 0 means communication timeout
detection invalid.
0.1s
0.0s
×
0-200ms
1ms
5ms
×
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz
5.00Hz
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 10.00Hz
0.01Hz 20.00Hz
0.01Hz 30.00Hz
○
○
○
F2.31
F2.32
F2.33
Local address
Communication
overtime checkout
time
Local
response
delay time
Acce time 2
Dece time 2
Acce time 3
Dece time 3
Acce time 4
Dece time 4
Acce time 5
Dece time 5
Acce time 6
Dece time 6
Acce time 7
Dece time 7
Muti-step freq. 1
( Speed tracking
initial frequency)
Muti-step freq. 2
Muti-step freq. 3
Muti-step freq. 4
F2.34
Muti-step freq. 5
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 40.00Hz
○
F2.35
F2.36
Muti-step freq. 6
Muti-step freq. 7
Muti-step freq. 8
VF
frequency
value 0
Muti-step freq. 9
VF voltage value
0
Muti-step freq. 10
VF
frequency
value 1
Muti-step freq. 11
VF voltage value
1
Muti-step freq. 12
VF
frequency
value 2
Muti-step freq. 13
VF voltage value
2
Muti-step freq. 14
VF
frequency
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 45.00Hz
0.01Hz 50.00Hz
0.01Hz 10.00Hz
○
○
○
0.00-F2.39
0.01Hz 10.00Hz
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 20.00Hz
○
0.00-F2.40
0.01%
○
F2.16
F2.17
F2.18
F2.19
F2.20
F2.21
F2.22
F2.23
F2.24
F2.25
F2.26
F2.27
F2.28
F2.29
F2.30
F2.37
F2.38
F2.39
F2.40
F2.41
F2.42
F2.43
46
20.00%
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 20.00Hz
○
F2.37-F2.41
0.01Hz 20.00Hz
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 40.00Hz
○
F2.38-F2.42
0.01%
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 25.00Hz
○
F2.39-F2.43
0.01Hz 25.00Hz
○
40.00%
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 50.00Hz
○
F2.40-F2.44
0.01%
50.00%
○
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
F2.41-high limit frquency
0.01Hz 40.00Hz
0.01Hz 40.00Hz
○
○
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.44
F2.45
F2.46
F2.47
F2.48
F2.49
F2.50
F2.51
F2.52
F2.53
value 3
Muti-step freq. 15
VF voltage value
3
Jumping freq. 1
Jumping freq. 1
range
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
Sett run time
Run time
accumulation
reserved
5
Function parameter schedule graph
Lower limit freq.-upper limit freq.
0.01Hz 80.00Hz
○
F2.42-100.0% (rated voltage)
0.01%
80.00%
○
0.00-400.00Hz
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
×
0.00-30.00Hz
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
×
0-65535 hours
1
0
○
0-65535 hours
1
0
*
F3-Closed-loop run function parameter group
Function
code
F3.00
F3.01
F3.02
F3.03
F3.04
F3.05
F3.06
F3.07
F3.08
F3.09
F3.10
Name
Set range
0: closed-loop control ineffective
1: PID closed-loop control effective
2: Specialized for constant water supply PID control
(F5.10~F5.13 must be set to 21)
0: digital provision
Provision channel 1: VCI analog 0-10V voltage provision
selection
2: CCI analog provision
3: keypad analog potentiometer provision
0: VCI analog input voltage 0-10V
1: CCI analog input
2: VCI+CCI
Feedback channel
3: VCI-CCI
selection
4: Min { VCI, CCI }
5: Max { VCI, CCI }
6: pulse feedback
Specified value
0.000~9.999V(setF3.00=1,F3.21=9.999)
digital setting
Closed-loop run
control selection
Target pressure
value setting
Minimum
specified value
Corresponding
feedback value
responding of
minimum
specified value
maximum
specified value
Corresponding
feedback value
responding of
maximum
specified value
proportion gain Kp
Integral gain Ki
Differential gain
Min.
unit
Factory Modifi
default -cation
1
0
×
1
0
○
1
0
○
0.001
0.200
○
0.000~F3.21Mpa(setF3.00=2)
0.001
0.200
○
0.0-maximum specified value; percentage
relative to 10.00V
0.1(%)
0.000
○
0.0-100.0(%)
0.1(%)
0.000
○
Minimum specified value
-100.0(%)
0.1(%) 100.0(%)
○
0.0-100.0(%)
0.1(%) 100.0(%)
○
0.000-9.999
0.000-9.999
0.000-9.999
0.001
0.001
0.001
○
○
○
0.150
0.150
0.000
47
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F3.11
F3.12
F3.13
F3.14
F3.15
F3.16
F3.17
F3.18
F3.19
F3.20
F3.21
F3.22
F3.23
F3.24
F3.25
F3.26
F3.27
F3.28
48
Kd
Sampling cycle T
Deviation limit
Integral separation
PID adjusting
threshold
Closed-lop preset
frequency
Closed-loop preset
frequency holding
time
Sleep frequency
threshold
Wake pressure
threshold
Sleep delay time
Revival delay time
0.01-1.00s
0.0-20.0(%)percentage
5
Function parameter schedule graph
relative to 10.00V
0.0-100.0%
0-upper limit frequency
0.0-6000s
0.00-400.00Hz
0.000-F3.21Mpa
0.0-6000.0s
0.0-6000.0s
0: inverter works in one-drive-two water supply mode
1: constant pressure water supply board acts in
Constant pressure
one-drive-two mode
water supply mode 2: constant pressure water supply board acts in
1
one-drive-three mode
3: constant pressure water supply board acts in
one-drive-four mode
Long-distance
0.001-9.999Mpa
manometer range
Allowed offset to
upper limit
frequency and
lower limit
0.1-100.0%
frequency when
add or reduce
pumps
Pump switch
0.0-999.9s
judging time
Magnetic control
conductor switch 0.1-10.0s
delay time
Automatic switch
0000-9999minutes
intervel
Water supply
0: C-11, C-12 denote voltage value of VCI, CCI
supervision
1: C-11, C-12 denote PID specified pressure and
parameter display
feedback pressure
Closed-loop
0: Forward function
adjusting
1: Reverse function
characteristic
0: set frequency
1: output frequency
2: output current
3: output voltage
LED initial
4: DC bus bar voltage
supervision
5: motor speed
parameter
6: heat sink temperature
selection
7: run time
8: accumulative run time
9: input terminal status
10: output terminal status
11: analog input VCI/PID provision
0.01s
0.1(%)
0.10s
2.0(%)
○
○
0.1%
100.0%
○
0.01Hz
00.00
○
0.1s
000.0
○
0.01Hz
30.00
○
0.001
0.150
○
0.1
0.1
000.0
000.0
○
○
1
0
×
0.001
9.999
○
0.1
001.0
○
0.1
005.0
○
0.1
00.5
○
1
0000
×
1
0
○
0
○
1
○
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
Function parameter schedule graph
12: analog input CCI/PID feedback
13: analog input YCI
14: exterior pulse inputs
F3.29
YCI run-in delay
time
PID feedback
signal loss
detection
0.0-999.9s
0.1
0.0
○
0.0-999.9s
0.1
0.0
○
15
○
F3.30
0: inverter running(RUN)
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2: frequency level detect signal (FDT1)
3: reserved
4: overload warning alarm signal (OL)
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL)
6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
7: inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8: external failure stop-running(EXT)
9: inverter zero speed running
10: PLC running
Failure relay TA, 11: simple PLC section running finished
TB,TC function 12: PLC finish a cycle running
selection
13: reserved
14: inverter ready to run (RDY)
15: inverter failure
16: traverse high and low limit restriction
17: interior counter reach final value
18: interior counter reach specified value
19: set run time arriving
20: interior timing arriving
21: Multifunctional input terminal signal input
22: FWD running
23: REV running
24: reserved
F3.31
Reserved
F4-Simple PLC function parameter group
Function
code
Set range
Min.
unit
LED 1 bit:
0: no action
1: stop after single circulation
2: keep final value after single circulation
3: consecutive circulation
LED 2nd bit:
0: start from first step
1: continue to run from step freq. of interruption
moment
LED 3rd bit: PLC run time unit
0: second
1: minute
LED 4th bit: PLC running state power off treatment
method 0:power off no memory
1:Running with memory when power off, renew
running after power on (terminal
control
1
Name
Factory Modifi
default -cation
st
F4.00
Simple PLC
running setting
0000
×
49
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F4.01
Section 1 setting
F4.02
F4.03
F4.04
F4.05
F4.06
F4.07
F4.08
F4.09
F4.10
F4.11
F4.12
F4.13
F4.14
Section 1 run time
Section 2 setting
Section 2 run time
Section 3 setting
Section 3 run time
Section 4 setting
Section 4 run time
Section 5 setting
Section 5 run time
Section 6 setting
Section 6 run time
Section 7 setting
Section 7 run time
5
Function parameter schedule graph
exceptional)
2:Running with memory when power off, automotive
running after power on
000-621
LED first bit: frequency setting
0: multisection freq. i (i=1~7)
1: freq. determined by function code F0.00
LED second bit: run direction selection
0: forward run
1: reverse run
2: determined by run command(FWD, REV)
LED third bit: Acc/Dec time selection
0: Acce/Dece time 1
1: Acce/Dece time 2
2: Acce/Dece time 3
3: Acce/Dece time 4
4: Acce/Dece time 5
5: Acce/Dece time 6
6: Acce/Dece time 7
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
1
000
○
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
F5-Terminal correlative function parameter group
Function
code
F5.00
50
Name
Set range
0: leave control terminal unused
1: multi-step speed control terminal 1
2: multi-step speed control terminal 2
3: multi-step speed control terminal 3
4: multi-step speed control terminal 4
5: external forward run jog control
6: external reverse run jog control
7: Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 1
8: Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 2
Input terminal X1 9: Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 3
function selection 10: external device failure input
11: external reset input
12: free stop input
13: external stop command
14: stop DC braking input command DB
15: inverter run prohibition
16: frequency increasing control (UP)
17: frequency degression control (DOWN)
18: Acce/Dece prohibited command
19: three-line run control
Min.
unit
1
Factory Modifi
default -cation
0
×
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
Function parameter schedule graph
20: closed-loop ineffective
21: PLC ineffective
22: simple PLC pause control
23: PLC stop status reset
24: frequency provision channel selection 1
25: frequency provision channel selection 2
26: frequency provision channel selection 3
27: frequency switched to CCI
28: command switched to terminal
29: run command channel selection 1
30: run command channel selection 2
31: run command channel selection 3
32: swing frequency jump-in
33: external interruption input
34: interior counter clearing end
35: interior counter triggering end
36: interior timer clearing end
37: interior timer triggering end
38: pulse frequency input(only effective forX7,X8)
39: reserved
40: reserved
41: reserved
42: reserved
F5.01
Input terminal X2
Same as above
function selection
×
F5.02
Input terminal X3
function selection
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
F5.03
F5.04
F5.05
F5.06
F5.07
Input terminal X4
function selection
Input terminal X5
function selection
Input terminal X6
function selection
Input terminal X7
function selection
Input terminal X8
function selection
F5.08
FWD/REV run
mode selection
0: 2-wire control mode 1
1: 2-wire control mode 2
2: 3-wire control mode 1
3: 3-wire control mode 2
F5.09
UP/DOWN
velocity
0.01-99.99Hz/s
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC1
output setting
0: inverter running signal(RUN)
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2: frequency level detect signal (FDT1)
3: reserved
4: overload warning signal (OL)
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL)
6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
7: inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8: stop for exterior failure(EXT)
9: inverter zero rotate speed running
10: PLC running
11: simple PLC segment running finished
12: PLC finish one cycle run
13: reserved
14: inverter ready to run (RDY)
F5.10
1
0
0.01Hz/s 1.00Hz/s
1
0
×
○
×
51
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
Function parameter schedule graph
15: inverter failure
16: swing frequency high&low limit restriction
17: interior counter reach final value
18: interior counter reach specified value
19: set runtime arrive
20: interior timing arrive
21: (Special for “one-drive-two” water supply)
OC1-variable frequency for the 1st pump
OC2-power source for the 1st pump
OC3- variable frequency for the 2nd pump
OC4-power source for the 2nd pump
22: reserved
23: reserved
24: reserved
F5.11
F5.12
F5.13
F5.14
F5.15
F5.16
F5.17
F5.18
F5.19
F5.20
F5.21
F5.22
F5.23
F5.24
F5.25
52
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC2
output setting
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC3
output setting
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC4
output setting
Frequency arriving
(FAR) detect range
FDT1 (frequency
level) electric level
FDT1 lag
Analog output
(AO1) selection
Analog output
(AO1) gain
Analog output
(AO1) offset
Analog output
(AO2) selection
Analog output
(AO2) gain
Analog output
(AO2) offset
DO terminal
output function
selection
DO maximum
pulse output
frequency
Set interior
Same as above
1
4
×
Same as above
1
5
×
Same as above
1
18
×
0.00-50.00Hz
0.01Hz
5.00Hz
○
0.00-high limit frequency
0.01Hz 10.00Hz
○
0.00-50.00Hz
0: output frequency(0-high limit frequency)
1: set frequency(0-high limit frequency)
2: output current(0-2×rated current)
3: output voltage(0-1.2×load motor rated voltage)
4: bus-bar voltage(0-800V)
5: PID provision (0.00-10.00V)
6: PID feedback (0.00-10.00V)
7: reserved
8: reserved
9: reserved
0.01Hz
1.00Hz
○
1
0
○
0.00-2.00
0.01
1.00
○
0.00-10.00V
0.01
0.00
○
Same as F5.17
1
0
○
0.00-2.00
0.01
1.00
○
0.00-10.00V
0.01
0.00
○
Same as F5.17
1
0
○
10.0
○
0
○
0.1-20.0(max. 20KHz)Max. DO port output pulse
frequency corresponds to Max. value selected by 0.1KHz
F5.23
0-9999
1
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F5.26
F5.27
5
Function parameter schedule graph
count number
arriving provision
Specified interior
count number
0-9999
arriving provision
Interior timer
0.1-6000.0s
setting
1
0
○
0.1
60.0
○
F6-Traverse special function parameter group
Function
code
F6.00
F6.01
F6.02
F6.03
F6.04
F6.05
F6.06
F6.07
Name
Min.
unit
Set range
Traverse function
selection
0: traverse function not used
1: traverse function used
LED first bit: jump-in mode
0: automatic jump-in mode
1: terminal manual jump-in mode
LED second bit:
traverse run mode 0: changing traverse amplitude
1: fixed traverse amplitude
notice: traverse center frequency
input channel set by F0.00 function
parameter
Traverse amplitude
0.0-50.0(%)
threshold
Sudden jumping
0.0-50.0(%)
frequency
traverse cycle
0.1-999.9s
Triangle wave
rising time
traverse preset
frequency
traverse preset
frequency
latency time
Factory Modifi
default -cation
1
0
×
1
00
×
0.1(%)
0.0(%)
○
0.1(%)
0.0(%)
○
0.1s
10.0s
○
0.0-98(%)(traverse cycle)
0.1(%) 50.0(%)
○
0.00-400.00Hz
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
○
0.1s
0.0s
○
0.0-6000s
F7-Frequency provision function parameter group
Function
code
F7.00
F7.01
F7.02
F7.03
F7.04
F7.05
F7.06
F7.07
F7.08
F7.09
F7.10
F7.11
F7.12
Name
VCI min. provision
VCI min. provision corresponding freq.
VCI max. provision
VCI max. provision corresponding freq.
CCI min. provision
CCI min. provision corresponding freq.
CCI max. provision
CCI max. provision corresponding freq.
YCI min. provision
Set range
0.00-F7.02
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-F7.06
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-F7.10
0.00-high limit frequency
YCI min. provision corresponding freq.
(reverse run)
YCI max. provision
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
YCI max. provision corresponding freq.
(forward run)
YCI dead area setting
0.00V-2.00V
Min.
Factory Modifi
unit
default -cation
0.01V
0.00V
○
0.01Hz 0.00 Hz
○
0.01V
9.9V
○
0.01 Hz 50.00 Hz
○
0.01V
0.00V
○
0.01 Hz 0.00 Hz
○
0.01V
9.9V
○
0.01 Hz 50.00 Hz
○
0.01V
0.00V
○
0.01 Hz 50.00 Hz
0.01V
9.9V
○
○
0.01 Hz 50.00 Hz
○
0.01V
○
0.10V
53
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F7.13
F7.14
F7.15
F7.16
F7.17
PULSE max. input pulse
5
Function parameter schedule graph
0.1-20.0K
0.0-F7.16(PULSE max.
provision)
PULSE min. provision
0.1K
10.0K
○
0.01K
0.0K
○
PULSE min. provision corresponding
0.00-high limit frequency
0.01Hz 0.00Hz
freq.
F7.14 (PULSE min. provision)
PULSE max. provision
0.1K
10.0K
-F7.13 (max. input pulse)
PULSE max. provision corresponding
0.00-high limit frequency
0.01 Hz 50.00 Hz
freq.
○
○
○
F8-Motor and vector control parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modifi
-cation
0
×
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
150.0%
0.700
×
F8.00
Control mode setting
0: V/F control
1: vector control
remark: for EDS1300 it can’t be 1
1
F8.01
Motor rated voltage
1-480V
1V
F8.02
Motor rated current
0.1-999.9A
F8.03
Motor rated frequency
1.00-400.00Hz
0.01 Hz
F8.04
Motor rated speed
1-9999r/min
1r/min
F8.05
Motor pole quantity
2-14
F8.06
Motor rated power
0.1-999.9KW
F8.07
Motor stator resistance
0.000-9.9999ohm
0.001 ohm
F8.08
Motor rotor resistance
0.000-9.9999ohm
0.001 ohm
F8.09
Motor stator leakage inductance
0.0-999.9mH
0.1 mH
F8.10
Motor rotor leakage inductance
0.0-999.9mH
0.1 mH
0.1A
2
0.1
F8.11
Motor mutual inductance
0.0-999.9mH
0.1 mH
F8.12
F8.13
Torque limit
Speed loop proportion gain
50.0-200.0%(rated current)
0.000-6.000
0.1%
0.001
F8.14
F8.15
Speed loop integral time constant 0.000-9.999
Motor stability coefficient
0-4
F8.16
F8.17
Filter time displayed instead freq. 0~999
Motor speed correction factor
0-9999%
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
0.001
0.360
3
×
×
1
0
6
100%
×
×
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modifi
-cation
0.1S
0
×
1
0
×
F9-Protection function parameter group
Function
code
F9.00
F9.01
54
Name
Set range
Waiting
time
for
0.0-20.0S (0 means do not enable this
starting again when
function)
power off
0-10
Failure self-renew
0 shows no automatic reset function
times
Note:no automatic reset function when over
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
5
Function parameter schedule graph
load and over heat.
F9.02
F9.03
F9.04
F9.05
F9.06
F9.07
F9.08
F9.09
F9.10
F9.11
Failure self-renew
interval
0.5-20.0S
Motor overload
protection mode
selection
LED 1st bit: motor overload protection
selection
0: No action
1: Inverter close off output
LED 2nd bit: motor phase loss protection
selection
0:Motor phase loss protection enable (this
function is enabled when the output
frequency over 3.00 Hz)
1:Close the output phase loss protection
(Not recommended)
Motor overload
protection coefficient
Overload warning
alarm checkout level
Overload warning
alarmDelay time
Overvoltage stall
selection
Overvoltage stall
point
Automatic current
limit level
Frequency
declining
rate during current
limiting
Automatic current
limiting action
selection
0.1S
5.0S
×
1
01
×
0.1(%)
100.0(%)
×
20-200(%)
1(%)
130(%)
○
0.0-20.0s
0.1s
5.0s
○
1
1
×
120-150(%)
1(%)
130(%)
○
110-200(%)
1(%)
150(%)
×
0.01Hz/s
10.00Hz/s
○
1
0
×
Min.
unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.01Hz
0.01Hz
0.1A
1V
Factory Modifi
default -cation
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
20.0-120.0(%)
0: ban
1: allow
0.00-99.99Hz/s
0: constant speed ineffective
1: constant speed effective
remark: Acc/Dec always effective
Fd-Failure record function parameter group
Function
code
Fd.00
Fd.01
Fd.02
Fd.03
Fd.04
Fd.05
Fd.06
Fd.07
Fd.08
Fd.09
Fd.10
Fd.11
Fd.12
Fd.13
Name
Previous one time failure record
Previous two time failure record
Previous three time failure record
Previous four time failure record
Previous five time failure record
Previous six time failure record
Set freq. of previous failure
output freq. at previous failure
output current at previous failure
output voltage at previous failure
DC bus-bar voltage at previous
failure
Load motor speed at previous
failure
Module temperature at previous
failure
Input terminal status at previous
failure
Setting range
Previous one time failure record
Previous two time failure record
Previous three time failure record
Previous four time failure record
Previous five time failure record
Previous six time failure record
Set freq. of previous failure
output freq. of previous failure
output current of previous failure
output voltage of previous failure
DC bus-bar voltage of previous failure
Load motor speed of previous failure
Module temperature of previous
failure
Input terminal status of previous
failure
1V
0
*
1(r/m)
0
*
1℃
0
*
11111111
*
55
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Fd.14
Accumulative run time at
previous failure
5
Function parameter schedule graph
Accumulative run time of previous
failure
0
*
FF-Password and manufacturer function parameter group
Function
Name
code
FF.00
User password
FF.01
FF.02FF.0X
0000-9999
Min.
unit
1
Factory
default
0000
Modifi
-cation
×
0000-9999
1
0000
×
Setting range
Manufacturer password
×
Manufacturer’s special parameter
C-Supervision function parameter group
Function
code
C-00
C-01
C-02
C-03
C-04
Name
Set frequency
Output freq.
Output current
Output voltage
DC bus-bar voltage
C-05
Load motor speed
C-06
C-07
C-08
C-09
C-10
C-11
C-12
C-13
C-14
Module temperature
Run time
accumulative run time
Input terminal status
output terminal status
Analog input VCI
Analog input YCI
Analog input CCI
Exterior pulse input
Min.
unit
Description
Current set frequency
Current output freq.
Virtual value of current output current
Virtual value of current output voltage
Current DC bus-bar voltage
Product of output frequency and load
motor speed emendation factor
IGBT heat sink temperature
Inverter electrification run time
Inverter accumulative run time
Switch value input terminal status
Switch value output terminal status
Analog input value of VCI
Analog input value of YCI
Analog input value of CCI
Exterior pulse input
Factory
default
Modifi
-cation
0.01HZ
0.01HZ
0.1A
1V
1V
*
*
*
*
1(r/m)
*
1℃
1h
1h
――
――
V
V
V
0.1KHz
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
(1) input terminal status corresponding relation is as follows:
: shows terminal input ineffective
: shows terminal input effective
X1terminal status
X2 terminal status
X3 terminal status
X4 terminal status
REV input terminal
FWD input terminal
X6 terminal status
X5 terminal status
(2) output terminal status corresponding relation is as follows:
: shows that terminal has no output
: shows that terminal has output
OC1 output terminal
OC4 output terminal
OC2 output terminal
OC3 output terminal
56
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
6
Detailed function description
Detailed function description
Listed column content for parameter function code description in this chapter is
as follows:
Code
6.1
F0.00
Name
Set range or description
Factory default
Basic run function parameter group: F0
Frequency input channel selection
Range: 0~10
1
0: keypad analog potentiometer setting. Set running frequency by keypad
analog potentiometer.
1: keypad digital setting. Initial set frequency value is F0.01,can change
set frequency by changing F0.01 parameter through keypad,and you can also
modify F0.01 by
,
key.
2: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting frequency(stored after power off or
stop). Initial set frequency value is the value stored during the last power off
time,and you can adjust set running frequency by terminal UP/DOWN.
3: serial port provision(not stored after power off). Serial port frequency
set initial value is F0.01,change set frequency by setting F0.01 through serial port,
after electic off ,it need to set the new specified frequency value.
4: VCI analog setting(VCI-GND).Frequency setting determined by VCI
terminal analog voltage,input voltage range: DC0~10V.
5: CCI analog setting (CCI-GND). Frequency setting determined by CCI
terminal analog voltage /current,input range: DC0~10(CCI jumping wire choose
V side),DC: 4~20mA (CCI jumping wire choose A side).
6: YCI analog setting (YCI-GND). Frequency setting determined by YCI
terminal analog voltage,input range: DC0~10V(YCI jumping wire choose10V
side)or DC0~5V(YCI jumping wire choose 5V side).
7: terminal pulse (PULSE) setting. Frequency set by terminal pulse(only
input through X7 or X8,see F5.06~F5.07 definition),input pulse signal spec:
voltage range15~24V;frequency range 0~20.0KHz.
8: combination setting. See function parameter F2.09,set frequency by
eachchannel combination setting.
9: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting frequency(not stored after power
off or stop)Initial set frequency value is F0.01,and adjust set running frequency
by terminal UP/DOWN.
10:serial port provision(stored after power off):when the inverter is
disconnected with electic, it will keep the currently running frequency, and next
time it will keep the former frequency running the electric on .
57
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
note
6
Detailed function description
Relation between frequency and input information is determined by function code
F7.00~F7.17 when frequency input channel is 4, 5, 6, 7,please see Section 6.8.
F0.01
Freq. digit setting
Range: Lower limit freq.-
upper limit freq.
50.00Hz
F0.01 parameter is original set frequency of the inverter when frequency setting
channel is defined as number setting (F0.00=1, 3).
command
F0.02 Run
Range: 0~4
0
channel selection
0: keypad run control. Start and stop the inverter by RUN , STOP , REV
JOG
key on the keypad.
1: terminal run command control (keypad STOP command ineffective).
Start and stop the inverter by exterior control terminal FWD, REV, X1~X8 etc..
2: terminal run command control (keypad STOP command effective).
Start and stop the inverter by exterior control terminal FWD, REV, X1~X8 etc..
3: serial port run command control (keypad STOP command ineffective).
Start and stop the inverter by RS485 interface.
4: serial port run command control (keypad STOP command effective).
Start and stop the inverter by RS485 interface.
!
The inverter can change run command channel by modifying F0.02 during waiting and
running,please confirm that modification is allowed during running on the spot.
F0.03
Run direction setting
Range: LED 1st bit: 0,1
LED 2nd bit: 0,1
LED 3rd bit: 0,1
100
The 1st bit:
0: forward run
1: reserved
The 2nd bit:
0: reverse run allowed
1: reverse run banned. The inverter will stop output when there is reverse
run command.
The 3rd bit:
REV/JOG key selection
0: as reverse run key
1: as jog key
58
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
If the 2nd bit is set to“1”,this function is effective for keypad run command
channel, terminal run command channel and serial port run command channel.
note
F0.04
Acce/Dece mode
selection
Range: 0, 1
0
0: linear Acce/Dece mode. Output frequency increases or decreases
according to constant slope, just as shown in Fig.6-1.
1: S curve Acce/Dece mode. Output frequency increases or decreases
according to S curve, just as shown in Fig.6-2.
Freq.
Freq.
50.00Hz
50.00Hz
①
②
time
③
①
②
③ time
t1
t2
Fig.6-2 S curve Acce/Dece
Range: 10.0(%)-50.0(%)
F0.05 S curve starting time (Acce/Dece time)F0.05 + F0.06 20.0(%)
≤90(%)
Range: 10.0(%)-70.0(%)
F0.06 S curve rising time
(Acce/Dece time)F0.05 + F0.06 60.0(%)
≤90(%)
F0.05, F0.06 is only effective when S curve Acce/Dece mode(F0.04=1)is
selected during Acc/Dec selection, and F0.05 ,F0.06≤90%.
S curve starting time is shown as Fig. 6-2③,slope of output frequency variation
increases by degrees from 0.
S curve rising time is shown as Fig.6-2②,slope of output frequency variation is
constant.
S curve ending time is shown as Fig.6-2①,slope of output frequency variation
steps down to 0.
t2
t1
Fig.6-1 linear Acce/Dece
note
S curve Acce/Dece mode,suitable for starting and stopping elevator, deferent belt,
carrier transporter load etc..
F0.07
Acce/Dece time unit
Range: 0, 1
0
59
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
This function determines Acce/Dece time unit.
0: second
1: minute
note
(1) This function is effective for all Acce/Dece process except for jog run.
(2) To choose second as time unit is recommended.
F0.08
Acce time 1
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F0.09
Dece time 1
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
Accelerating time is defined as time for inverter accelerating from 0Hz to high
limit frequency,see t1 in Fig.6-3,Dece time is defined as time for inverter
decelerating from high limit frequency to 0Hz, see t2 in Fig.6-3.
Output freq.
high limit frequency
time
t1
t2
Fig.6-3 Acce/Dece time definition
note
(1) In EDS1000 series inverter 7 kinds of Acce/Dece time are defined in total,here we
only define Acce/Dece time 1,Acc/Dec time 2~7 are defined in F2.18~F2.29,
please refer to Section 6.3.
(2) Can choose time unit minute or second for Acce/Dece time 1~7 by F0.07, factory
default is second.
F0.10
Upper limit freq.
Range: lower limit freq.-400.00Hz
50.00Hz
F0.11
lower limit freq.
Range: 0.00-upper limit freq.
0.00Hz
F0.12
Lower limit freq.
run mode
Range: 0:run at lower limit freq.
1: stop by slow down
2: Free stop
0
The inverter will decrease output frequency gradually in set decelerating time
when actual set frequency is lower than low limit frequency,after reaching low
limit frequency,the inverter will run at low limit frequency if low limit frequency
running mode set to 0;The inverter will reduce output frequency sequentially to
zero frequency run if low limit frequency running mode set to 1; If the lower limit
frequency operation mode selected to be 2 then motor stops freely. The inverter
60
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
cut off PWM wave output, the motor in free running state, when the given value
exceeds the lower limit frequency, the motor restart to accelerate from 0Hz to the
given value.
Range: 0:manual boost
0
1:automatic boost
0: manual boost. Torque boost voltage is determined completely by parameter
F0.14,its characteristic is boost voltage fixed,but the motor is prone to magnetic
saturation when lightly loaded.
1: automatic torque boost. Torque boost voltage varies as stator current of
the motor changes,bigger stator current corresponds to bigger boost voltage.
F0.13
Torque boost mode
inverter output current
Boost volt.= F0.14 ×motor rated volt.×
100
2×inverter rated current
F0.14
Torque boost
Range: 0.0-12.0(%)
2.0(%)
To improve inverter’s low frequency torque characteristic,can carry on boost
compensation for output voltage,degressive torque curve and constant torque
curve torque boost are separately shown as Fig.6-4a, b.
motor rated volt.
voltage
voltage
motor rated volt.
Volt.
Boost
Freq.
rated freq.
(a)degressive torque curve torque boost graph
Volt.
Boost
Freq.
rated freq.
(b) constant torque curve torque boost graph
Fig.6-4 torque boost graph
Improper setting to this parameter can cause motor heating or over current protection.
note
F0.15
V/F curve setting
Range: 0~4
0
This function code defines EDS1000 flexible V/F setting mode to satisfy
different load characteristic. Can choose 4 kinds of fixed curve and one custom
curve according to definition of F0.15.
61
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
If F0.15=0,V/F curve bears constant torque curve characteristic;as curve 0
in Fig.6-5a .
If F0.15=1,V/F curve bears 2.0 order power degressive torque characteristic;as
curve 3 in Fig.6-5a .
If F0.15=2,V/F curve bears 1.7 order power degressive torque characteristic;as
curve 2 in Fig.6-5a .
If F0.15=3,V/F curve bears 1.2 order power degressive torque characteristic;as
curve 1 in Fig.6-5a .
The user can choose 1, 2, 3 V/F curve run mode according to load
characteristic to reach better energy save result while the inverter is driving
degressive torque load such as blower and water pump etc..
If F0.15=4, you can set V/F curve yourself by setting F2.37-F2.44
parameters.
As shown in Fig.6-5b, by setting three inflexion point (V1,F1), (V2,F2),
(V3,F3), you can define V/F curve arbitrarily to apply to special load.
Voltage %
Output volt.
100%
V3
Rated volt.
V2
0 1
2
3
V1
Frequency Hz
F1 F2
Output freq. Hz
0
rated freq.
Fig.6-5a
F0.16
F3 Fb
V1~V3:The 1th-3th voltage percentage
of VF multi section
F1~F3:The1th-3th of multi section
VF frequency points
Fb:Setting frequency
V/F curve
b Users set the general form of V/F curve
G/P type setting
Range: 0, 1
0
0: G type
1: P type
6.2
Start, stop, braking function parameter group: F1
F1.00
Start run mode
Range: 0, 1, 2
0
0: start from starting frequency. The inverter start according to F1.01
starting frequency and F1.02 starting frequency holding time.
1: first brake then start from starting freq. First brake according to DC
braking voltage and time (F1.03, F1.04),then start at starting frequency.
2: Start after inspecting speed. Initial tracking frequency determined by
F2.30.
62
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
(1) Start-up mode 0: Advise the user to adopt start-up mode 0 in common application occasion .
(2) Start-up mode 1: Be applicable to small inertia load with forward run or reverse run
phenomena when the motor doesn’t drive any device, for big inertia load, advise not
to adopt start-up mode 1.
(3) Start up mode2: Be application for big inertia load haven’t firm stopped start, usually
cooperate with restart after power lost, fault recovery function and so on. Please
notice the following two points before use the start.
A. Wait few seconds to restart after inverter free stop. If turn out over current fault in
start process, please extend restart time.
B. Don’t revise frequency in speed check process, otherwise it will alarm.
note
F1.01
Starting frequency
Range: 0.0-10.00Hz
F1.02
Starting freq. duration time Range: 0.0-20.0S
0.00Hz
0.0S
Starting frequency means initial frequency at which the inverter start up,as fs
shown in Fig.6-6;Starting freq. holding time means consecutive run time during
which the inverter run at starting frequency,as t1 shown in Fig.6-6.
freq. Hz
fmax
fs
time
starting freq.
t1
starting time
Fig.6-6 starting freq. and starting time
Starting frequency is not limited by low limit frequency.
note
F1.03
DC braking volt. when starting Range: 0-15(%)
0(%)
F1.04
DC braking time when starting Range: 0.0-20.0S
0.0S
When F1.00=1,F1.03, F1.04 is effective,as shown in Fig.6-7.
F1.03 is percentage relative to inverter rated input voltage. Have no DC braking
process when starting DC braking time is 0.0.
63
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
output freq.
Output freq.
stop braking
initiative freq.
output volt.
(virtual
value)
DC braking
value
DC braking time
time
output volt.
(virtual value)
DC braking
value
time
run
command
run
command
Fig.6-7 starting mode 1
F1.05
Stop mode
stop braking
time
Fig.6-8 Dece stop+DC braking
Range: 0, 1, 2
0
0: Dece stop. The inverter reduces output frequency gradually according to
set Dece time upon receival of stop command and stops running after frequency is
reduced to 0.
1: free stop. The inverter stop outputting at once when receiving stop
command and the load stops freely according to mechanical inertia.
2: Dec plus DC braking stop. The inverter reduces output frequency
gradually according to set Dece time upon receival of stop command and start DC
braking when F1.06 stop braking initiative frequency is reached.
F1.06 DC braking initiative
Range: 0.0-15.00Hz
0.00Hz
frequency when stop
F1.07 DC braking time when stop
Range: 0.0-20.0S
0.0S
F1.08
DC braking voltage when stop
Range: 0-15(%)
0
F1.08 is percentage relative to inverter rated input voltage. Have no DC
braking process if stop braking time is 0.0s,as shown in Fig.6-8.
6.3
Auxiliary run function parameter group: F2
F2.00
Analog filter time constant
Range: 0.00-30.00S
0.20S
The time constant used when the inverter filter sampled value when frequency
is set by exterior analog channel. Can improve the situation by increasing this
filtering time constant if connecting wire is long or disturbance is serious which
64
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
cause unstable set frequency.
Analog filtering time constant must be bigger than F3.11(sampling cycle),
otherwise the system would run unsteadily.
REV run
F2.01 FWD
Range: 0.0-3600.0S
0.1S
dead-section time
During process of transiting from
Output frequency
forward run to reverse run or from
reverse run to forward run, transition
time
time during which the inverter wait at
zero output frequency, as t1 shown in
t1
Fig.6-9.
Fig.6-9 FWD REV run dead-section time
F2.02
Automatic energy save run Range: 0, 1
0
To reach better energy save result, the inverter would detect load current to get
the purpose of automatic energy save.
0: no action
1: action
Empty or lightly loaded motor can get the purpose of energy save by detecting
load current to adjust output voltage properly. Automatic energy save run is mainly
applied to occasion of stable load, speed.
This function commonly applied to load such as blower and water pump etc.
note
F2.03
AVR function
Range: 0, 1, 2
0
AVR namely automatic voltage adjusting function. Indicate that the inverter can
output constant voltage by AVR function when the inverter input voltage
fluctuates.
0: no action
1: action all the time
2: no action only during Dece
note
(1) when input voltage is higher than rated value, under normal situation should set
F2.03=1. When F1.05=0 namely inverter in decelerating stop,motor Dec time is
short and running current would be bigger. But the motor decrease speed placidly
with small run current and long Dec time if choose AVR action all the time.
(2) should set F2.03=0, namely AVR function ineffective when the motor system
oscillates which caused by choosing AVR function.
65
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.04
Slip freq. compensation
6
Detailed function description
Range: 0~150%
0
This function can adjust
100% Slip compensation
output frequency properly
Output current
as the load varies to
compensate slip frequency
150%
of the asynchronous motor
dynamically, so that control 100%
After slip
Before slip compensation
motor speed in constant value.
compensation
If act with automatic torque
50%
boost function, can get better
Motor speed
low speed moment characteristic.
Fig.6-10 slip freq. compensation graph
As shown in Fig.6-10.
Depend on
device type
Carrier frequency mainly affects motor noise and heat consumption during
running. Relation between carrier frequency and motor noise, current leakage,
disturbance is as follows:
Carrier frequency increase(↑),motor noise decrease(↓),motor current
leakage increase(↑),disturbance to environment increase(↑);
Carrier frequency decrease (↓),motor noise increase (↑),motor current
leakage decrease (↓),disturbance to environment decrease (↓)。
Should decrease carrier frequency properly to reduce heat consumption of the
inverter when ambient temperature is high and motor load is heavy. Relation of
EDS1000 each type and carrier frequency is as shown in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1 Relation table of device type and carrier frequency
F2.05
Carrier wave freq.
Type
note
Range: 0.5-15.0K
Set range
Factory default
11KW and below
Range:0.5-12.0KHz
6.0KHz
15~45KW
Range:0.5-8.0KHz
4.0KHz
55KW
Range:0.5-5.0KHz
3.0KHz
(1) To get better control characteristic,suggest that the ratio of carrier frequency to
inverter max. run frequency be not smaller than 36.
(2) Error exists in current displayed value when carrier frequency is small.
F2.06
Jog run frequency
Range: 0.10-50.00Hz
F2.07
Jog Acce time
Range: 0.1-60.0S
66
5.00Hz
20.0S
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.08
Jog Dece time
6
Detailed function description
Range: 0.1-60.0S
20.0S
Jog frequency has the highest priority. Under any status, the inverter
would transit to run at jog frequency at once according to set jog accelerating,
decelerating time as long as jog command is inputted, as shown in Fig.6-11.
Jog accelerating time means time during which the inverter accelerate from
0Hz to high limit frequency,Jog Dec time means time during which the inverter
decelerate from high limit frequency to 0Hz.
Jog decelerating
time
Jog
freq.
Jog
accelerating
time
Jog
signal
Jog
freq.
Jog
signal
Fig.6-11 jog run
note
(1) Keypad, control terminal and serial port can do jog control all.
(2) The inverter will stop according to Dec stop mode after jog run command is withdrawn.
Freq. input channel
Range: 0~28
0
combination
0: VCI+CCI
1: VCI-CCI
2: YCI+CCI
YCI specified frequency is positive or negative. Here YCI input 0~+10V
corresponds to frequency -50.00Hz~+50.00Hz,0~5V corresponds to frequency
-50.00~0Hz,5~10V corresponds to 0~+50.00Hz.
3: RS485+YCI
When you choose RS485+YCI,YCI input voltage 0~5V—YCI dead band
(F7.12) corresponds to -50.00Hz—0.00Hz,5V—YCI dead band (F7.12)≤YCI≤
5V+YCI dead band (F7.12) corresponds to 0Hz,YCI>5V+YCI dead band (F7.12)
corresponds to 0.00~+50.00Hz. You can carry out tension control by this function.
4: VCI+YCI
5: reserved
6: external pulse provision+CCI
7: external pulse provision-CCI
8: reserved
F2.09
67
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
9: reserved
10: reserved
11: reserved
12: reserved
13: VCI,CCI any nonzero value effective,VCI preferred
14: reserved
15: RS485+CCI
16: RS485-CCI
17: RS485+VCI
18: RS485-VCI
19: RS485+keypad analog potentiometer
20: RS485- keypad analog potentiometer
21: VCI+ keypad analog potentiometer
22: VCI- keypad analog potentiometer
23: CCI+ keypad analog potentiometer
24: CCI- keypad analog potentiometer
25: reserved
26: reserved
27: reserved
28: reserved
inverter communication Range: 0-500(%) 100(%)
F2.10 main&sub
freq. provision proportion
Main&sub inverter communication freq. provision proportion,this parameter
need to be set in sub inverter but not need in main inverter.
F2.11 LED display control 1
Range: 0000-1111
1111
F2.11 make use of 4 bits of the parameter to set if C-07—C-10 is displayed in
parameter, thereinto 0 indicates not displayed, 1 indicates displayed. Set
parameter of 4 bit is as following figure:
4th bit
3rd bit
2nd bit
1st bit
C-07: run time
C-08: accu. run time
C-09: input end status
C-10: output end status
68
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.12
LED display control 2
6
Detailed function description
Range: 0000-1111
1111
F2.12 make use of 4 bit of the parameter to set if C-11—C-14 is displayed in
parameter, thereinto 0 indicates not displayed, 1 indicates displayed. Set
parameter of 4 bit is as following figure:
4th bit
3rd bit
2nd bit
1st bit
C-11: analog input VCI
C-12: analog input YCI
C-13: analog input CCI
C-14: outer pulse input
F2.13
Parameter operation
control
Range: LED 1st bit: 0~2
LED 2nd bit: 0~2
LED 3rd bit: 0~4
000
LED 1st bit
0: all parameter allowed to be modified
1: except this parameter,all other parameter not allowed to be changed
2: except F0.01 and this parameter,all other parameter not allowed to
be changed
LED 2nd bit
0: no action
1: renew factory default
2: clear history failure record
LED 3rd bit
0: lock all buttons
1: all buttons locked except STOP key
2: all buttons locked except
, STOP key
3: all buttons locked except RUN, STOP key
4: all buttons locked except SHIFT, STOP key
note
(1) Factory default of this function parameter is 0,i.e., all the function parameter can be
modified. After modifying the parameter, please first set this function code to 0 if you
want to modify function code setting. After modifying the parameter you can change this
function code setting to expected protection grade if parameter protection is needed.
(2) After clearing memory information or renewing manufacturer parameter, the 1st bit of
this function code will resume 0 automatically.
(3) After the 3rd bit of F2.13 is setted, the keypad will be locked after you press ESC for
5seconds, and then corresponding keys is locked. Please press ESC for 5 seconds again
for unlocking the keypad.
69
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Range: LED 1st bit: 0~5
F2.14
003
LED 2nd bit: 0, 1, 2
LED 3rd bit: 0,1
F2.14 make use of 1st bit, 2nd bit, 3rd bit to set baud rate and data format of
serial communication,thereinto LED 1st bit represents communication baud rate,
set value as follows:
0: 1200BPS
1: 2400BPS
2: 4800BPS
3: 9600BPS
4: 19200BPS
5: 38400BPS
LED 2nd bit: represents data format,set value as follows:
0: 1-8-1 format, no checkout. Namely: 1 bit for starting, 8 bits for data,
1 bit for stop, no checkout.
1: 1-8-1 format,even checkout. Namely: 1 bit for starting, 8 bits for data,
1 bit for stop, even checkout.
2: 1-8-1 format,odd checkout. Namely: 1 bit for starting, 8 bits for data,
1 bit for stop, odd checkout.
LED 3rd bit::response selection
0:Respond to host command and reply to data packet
1:Respond to host command, but not reply
F2.15 Local address Range: 0-127,0 is broadcast address
1
Communication
configuration
In serial port communication, the function code is used to identify the
address of the inverter. When set to 0, this inverter only receives not send.
0 is broadcast address,can only receive and execute broadcast command from upper
machine but not respond to upper machine.
!
Range: 0.0-1000.0S,
Communication overtime 0 means communication
0.0S
checkout time
timeout detection invalid
When serial port communication fails and its continuous time exceed set value
of this function code,the inverter judge it as communication failure.
The inverter would not detect serial port communication signal, namely this
function ineffective when set value is 0.
F2.17 Local response delay time Range: 0-200ms
5ms
F2.16
Local response delay time represents the time within which the inverter serial
port receive and execute command from upper device and then respond to upper
device,this function is just used for setting this delay time.
70
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
F2.18
Acce time 2
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.19
Dece time 2
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.20
Acce time 3
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.21
Dece time 3
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.22
Acce time 4
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.23
Dece time 4
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.24
Acce time 5
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.25
Dece time 5
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.26
Acce time 6
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.27
Dece time 6
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.28
Acce time 7
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
F2.29
Dece time 7
Range: 0.1-6000.0
20.0
Can define 3 kinds of accelerating decelerating time and can choose
accelerating decelerating time 1~7 during inverter run process by different
combination of control terminal,please see definition for function of accelerating
decelerating time terminal in F5.00~F5.07.
Accelerating decelerating time 1 is defined in F0.08 and F0.09.
note
F2.30
Multi-step freq. 1
(Speed tracking
initial frequency)
Range: Lower limit freq.-
upper limit freq.
5.00Hz
Range: Lower limit freq.-
10.00Hz
upper limit freq.
Range: Lower limit freq.-
F2.32 Multi-step freq. 3
20.00Hz
upper limit freq.
Range: Lower limit freq.-
F2.33 Multi-step freq. 4
30.00Hz
upper limit freq.
Range: Lower limit freq.-
F2.34 Multi-step freq. 5
40.00Hz
upper limit freq.
Range: Lower limit freq.-
F2.35 Multi-step freq. 6
45.00Hz
upper limit freq.
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
50.00Hz
F2.36 Multi-step freq. 7
upper limit freq.
These set frequency will be used in multi-step speed run mode and simple PLC
run mode,please refer to multi-step speed run terminal function of F5.00~F5.07
and F4 group simple PLC function.
F2.31
Multi-step freq. 2
71
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Range: Lower limit freq.-
10.00Hz
upper limit freq.
VF frequency value 0 Range:0.00-F2.39
10.00Hz
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 9
20.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.38
Range:0.00-F2.40
VF voltage value 0
20.00%
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 10
20.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.39
VF frequency value 1 Range:F2.37-F2.41
20.00Hz
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 11
40.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.40
VF voltage value 1
Range:F2.38-F2.42
40.00%
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 12
25.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.41
VF frequency value 2 Range:F2.39-F2.43
25.00Hz
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 13
50.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.42
VF voltage value 2
Range:F2.40-F2.44
50.00%
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 14
40.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.43
VF frequency value 3 Range:F2.41- high limit freq.
40.00Hz
Range:
Lower
limit
freq.-
Multi-step freq. 15
80.00Hz
upper limit freq.
F2.44
Range:F2.42-100.0%(rated
VF voltage value 3
80.00%
voltage)
These parameters are compound, two kinds of function can’t be used
simultaneously, for details please check below:
When F0.15=4, F2.37~F2.44 are for V/F curve setting, for detailed function
description, please see that for F0.15.
When F0.15≠4, F2.37~F2.44 are used for multi-section frequency. Setting
mode and function are the same as F2.30.
F2.45 Jumping freq. 1
0.00Hz
Range: 0.00-400.00Hz
F2.37
Multi-step freq. 8
F2.46
Jumping freq. 1 range Range: 0.00-30.00Hz
F2.47
Reserved
F2.48
Reserved
F2.49
Reserved
F2.50
Reserved
0.00Hz
F2.45, F2.46 function is set for keeping inverter output frequency away from
72
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
resonance frequency of mechanical load.
Inverter set frequency can jump around some frequency point according to mode
shown in Fig. 6-12.
Set freq. after adjusted
Jumping freq. 1
Jumping range 1
Set freq.
Fig.6-12 jumping frequency and range graph
F2.51
Set run time
Range: 0-65535h
0
F2.52
Run time accumulation
Range: 0-65535h
0
After run accumulative time reach set run time (F2.51),the inverter will output
indicator signal,please refer to F5.10~F5.13 function introduction.
F2.52 denotes accumulative run time of the inverter from leaving factory tonow.
F2.53 Reserved
6.4
Closed-loop run function parameter group: F3
Analog feedback control system:
Input pressure specified value through VCI port, send 4~20mA feedback value
of pressure sensor to inverter CCI input port,make up of analog closed-loop
control system by built-in PID adjustor,as shown in Fig.6-13.
QF
R
S
T
EDS1000
FWD
COM
+10V/+5V
provision 1-3K
U
V
W
PE
CCI
send out
M
4~20mA
P
pressure sensor
3 phase
380V
GND
VCI
GND
Fig.6-13
built-in PID analog feedback control system graph
73
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Specified value can also be provided with option by F0.00 function code.
note
EDS1000 built-in PID adjustor make up of control system and its work
proportion
principle chart is as follows:
Closed-loop
specified value
specified value + e
adjusting
_
(F3.04,F3.06)
error limit
(F3.12)
feedback adjusting
(F3.05,F3.07)
Fig.6-14
gain
(F3.08)
integral
gain
(F3.09)
differential gain
(F3.10)
+
closed-loop
output
+
closed-loop
feedback value
PID control principle diagram
In above diagram Kp: proportion gain;Ki: integral gain;Kd: differential gain
In above Fig.6-14 ,definition of closed-loop specified value, feedback value,
error limit and proportion integral differential parameter is same as that of
common PID adjustor parameter, see respectively (F3.01~F3.12) definition,
relation of specified value and expected feedback value is as shown in Fig.6-15.
Thereinto specified value take 10V as reference and feedback take 20mA as
reference.
Specified value adjusting and feedback value adjusting in Fig.6-14 is for
confirming corresponding relation and unitive dimension between specified value
and feedback value.
Expected feedbck value
20mA
specified value
4mA
0
10V
Fig.6-15 specified value and expected feedback value
When the system is determined,basic steps for setting closed-loop parameter
are as follows:
(1) determine closed-loop provision and feedback channel(F3.01, F3.02)
(2) need to set relation between closed-loop provision and feedback for analog
closed-loop (F3.04~F3.07)
74
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
(3) set closed-loop presetting frequency function (F3.14, F3.15)
(4) set closed-loop proportion gain, integral gain, differential gain, sampling
cycle, error limit (F3.08~F3.12)
F3.00 Closed-loop run control selection Range: 0, 1, 2
0
0: closed-loop run control ineffective
1: PID closed-loop run control effective
2: Specialized for constant water supply PID control
This parameter is mainly used for implementing one-driving-two water supply
function. If need one driving three or one driving four, please choose a dedicated
water supply substrates to achiveve.
!
(1) When the constant water supply function is used on “one –drive-two” system, set
F5.10-F5.13(OC1-OC4)=21.
(2) When the constant water supply function is used on “one- drive-one” system, set
F5.10-F5.13(OC1-OC4)≠21.
F3.01
Provision channel selection
Range: 0~3
0
0: digital provision.
1: VCI analog 0-10V voltage provision
2: CCI analog provision. Can choose 0~10V voltage or 4~20mA current
provision
3: keypad analog potentiometer provision
F3.02 Feedback channel selection
Range: 0~6
0
0: VCI analog input voltage 0-10V
1: CCI analog input
2: VCI+CCI
3: VCI-CCI
4: Min { VCI, CCI }
5: Max { VCI, CCI }
When CCI analog input is selected to be current input, it will be converted to
voltage value in the inverter.
6: pulse feedback
Specified value digital
Range: 0.00-9.999V
0.200V
F3.03 setting
Target pressure value setting Range:0.00-F3.21Mpa 0.200(Mpa)
When F3.00=1, figure given value F3.03 will be as specified value of
closed-loop control system directly. At this time please setF3.21to 9.999(v);
75
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
When F3.00=2, Start PID control constant pressure water supply, At this point
the water supply system F3.03 will become the target pressure value. Upper limit
is F3.21Mpa.
Range: 0.0-max.
F3.04 Min. specified value
0.0(%)
specified value
F3.05 Corresponding feedback
Range: 0.0-100.0(%)
0.0(%)
value of min. specified value
Range: min. specified
F3.06 Max. specified value value
100.0(%)
value -100.0(%)
corresponding feedback
F3.07
Range: 0.0%-100.0(%) 100.0(%)
value of max. specified value
F3.04~F3.07 define relation curve of analog closed-loop provision and
expected feedback. Their set value is percentage of provision and feedback actual
value relative to reference (10V or 20mA).
corresponding feedback value
of max. specified value
positive adjusting feedback
corresponding feedback value
of min. specified value
min. provision
corresponding feedback value
of min. specified value
corresponding feedback value
of max. specified value
negative adjusting feedback
min. provision
Fig.6-16
max. provision
max. provision
provision,feedback curve
F3.08
Proportion gain Kp
Range: 0.000-9.999
0.150
F3.09
Integral gain Ki
Range: 0.000-9.999
0.150
F3.10
Differential gain Kd
Range: 0.000-9.999
0.000
F3.11
Sampling cycle T
Range: 0.01-1.00S
0.10S
The more big Kp proportion gain is, the more quick the response is,but overbig
is prone to bringing surge.
Only applying proportion gain Kp adjustment can’t eliminate offset
completely,can apply integral gain Ki and differential gain to make up of PID
control in order to eliminate residual offset. The bigger Ki is, the more quickly the
system responds to changing offset, but overbig is prone to bringing surge.
76
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Sampling cycle T is sampling cycle for feedback value,during each sampling
cycle PID adjustor calculate for one time,the longer the sampling cycle is , the
slower the system responds.
F3.12 Deviation limit
Range: 0.0-20.0(%)
2.0(%)
For Max. offset of closed-loop specified value,as shown in Fig.6-17,PID
adjustor stops adjusting when feedback value is within this range. To utilize this
function reasonably redound to harmonizing the conflict between system output
precision and stabilization.
specified
value
Feedback
value
offset
limit
output freq.
preset freq.
time
Output
Freq.
time T
time
Fig.6-17 offset limit
preset freq. holding time
Fig.6-18
closed-loop preset freq.
Integral separation PID
Range: 0.0-100.0%
100.0%
adjusting threshold
PID integral separation,integral don’t react when specified value and feedback
value are bigger than this limit,only when specified value and feedback value are
smaller than or equal to this limit,integral react. Can adjust system response
speed by adjusting this parameter.
F3.13
Closed-loop preset
Range: 0-high limit freq.
0.00Hz
frequency
Closed-loop preset freq.
F3.15
Range: 0.0-6000S
0.0S
holding time
This function can make closed-loop adjusting enter into stable phase quickly.
After closed-loop run starts, the inverter first accelerates to preset frequency F3.14
in terms of accelerating time,and after running at this frequency for a period of
time F3.15, it runs according to closed-loop characteristic. As shown in Fig.6-18.
F3.14
Set preset freq. and holding time to “0’ if closed-loop preset freq. function is not needed.
note
F3.16
Sleep frequency threshold Range: 0.00-400.00Hz
F3.17
Wake pressure threshold
Range: 0.000-F3.21Mpa
30.00Hz
0.150Mpa
77
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
The function of sleep frequency threshold: When the system water pressure in
the scope of F3.12 (deviation limit), and the inverter operating frequency is under
the F3.16 (sleep frequency), after the F3.18 (sleep delay time), the inverter will
enter a sleep state, operating frequency will drop to 0.00HZ in order to save
energy conservation and protect motor.
Wake function: When the system is in sleep mode, When the water feedback
pressure is less than F3.17 (wake pressure ). At this time the inverter had passed
F3.19(Delayed recovery time) , Sleep out.
F3.18 Sleep delay time
Range: 0.0-6000.0S
0.0
This parameter is to set delay time when entering into sleep function. Inverter
will enter the delay time of sleep state. When the system pressure at this delay
time does not meet the conditions of sleep, System does not enter the sleepin
mode.
F3.19 Revival delay time
Range: 0.0-6000.0S
0.0
System in sleep mode, if the feedback pressure of system less than F3. 17 wake
pressure threshold value , the system will out of sleep after this delay time.
F3.20 Constant pressure water supply mode 1 Range: 0~3
0
0: inverter works in one-drive-two water supply mode
1: constant pressure water supply board acts in one-drive-two mode
2: constant pressure water supply board acts in one-drive-three mode
3: constant pressure water supply board acts in one-drive-four mode
manometer Range: 0.001-9.999
F3.21 Long-distance
1.000
range
To set this parameter correspondingly to 10V or 20mA.
Allowed offset to high limit
F3.22 and lower limit Freq. when
Range: 0.1-100.0%
001.0
add or reduce pumps
By this parameter, we defines that the inverter begins to add or reduce pumps
when output frequency falls in offset range of high limit frequency or lower limit
frequency. The inverter begins to add or reduce pumps at high limit frequency or
lower limit frequency if this parameter is set to be 0.0%.
F3.23 Pump switchover judging time Range: 0.0-999.9S
005.0
This parameter defines the judging time from output frequency up to high limit
to adding pump and the same from ouput frequency up to lower limit to reducing
pump.
F3.24
78
Magnetic control conductor
switchover delay time
Range: 0.1-10.0S
00.5
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
This parameter defines the action delay time of magnetic control conductor
when it’s from power source to variable frequency or from variable frequency to
power source.
F3.25 Automatic switchover interval Range: 0000-9999
0000
By setting this parameter, can achieve the function of rust-proof die of the
motor, the inverter can delay time by it and then automatically smart switch run
pumps and static pump.
When setting value is 0000 minutes, the automatic switching is invalid; when
setting value is 0001,the system will automatically switch one time in each
restarted time. when work it would’t switch: when setting value is above 0002,the
system will automatically switch by setting value.
F3.26 Water supply supervision Para. display Range: 0, 1
0
0: C-11, C-12 display voltage value of VCI, CCI.
1: C-11, C-12 display PID specified pressure and feedback pressure.
F3.27 Closed-loop adjusting characteristic Range: 0, 1
0
0: Forward function. motor speed increases as specified value increases.
1: Reverse function. motor speed decreases as specified value increases.
F3.28 LED initial supervision Para. selection Range: 0~14
1
This parameter defines initial supervision parameter selection during running or
stop. For example F3.28=3, LED displays output voltage initially, please press
SHIFT key if you want to see about other supervision parameter.
0: set frequency: Standby mode display set the frequency, output frequency
is displayed after running.
1: output frequency: Display output frequency not only standby but also
running .
2: output current
3: output voltage
4: DC bus bar voltage
5: motor speed
6: heat sink temperature
7: run time
8: accumulative run time
9: input terminal status
10: output terminal status
11: analog input VCI/PID provision
12: analog input CCI/PID feedback
13: analog input YCI
79
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
14: exterior pulse input
YCI run-in delay time
Range: 0.0-999.9s
0.0
F3.29 PID feedback signal loss
Range: 0.0-999.9s
0.0
detection
YCI input delay time: the inverter first run at RS485 set frequency after start-up
and change set frequency to RS485+YCI after delay time passed.
PID feedback signal loss detection: When F3.29=0.0, PID feedback signal loss
detection protection function invalid, when F3.29≠0, feedback signal<12.5%
given value and the constant time>F3.29, then you can judge the feedback signal
loss, avoid damaging the equipment. Fault code is displayed as E017.
F3.30
Item
Failure relay TA,TB,TC
Range: 0~24
function selection
Table 6-2 Failure relay TA,TB,TC function selection
Corresponding function
Item
15
Corresponding function
0
Inverter running signal (RUN)
1
Frequency arriving signal (FAR)
2
Frequency level detecting
signal (FDT1)
3
Reserved
4
Overload warning signal(OL)
5
Output Freq. reach high limit(FHL)
6
Output Freq. reach low limit(FLL)
7
Inverter stop for under voltage
blockage (LU)
8
Stop for exterior failure(EXT)
9
Inverter zero rotate speed running
10
PLC running
11
Simple PLC segment run finished
12
PLC finish one cycle run
13
Reserved
14
Inverter ready to run(RDY)
15
Inverter failure
16
traverse high and low limit restriction
17
Interior counter final value arrive
18
Interior counter specified value
arrive
19
Set runtime arrive
20
Interior timer timing arrive
21
Multifunctional input terminal signal input
22
FWD running
23
REV running
24
Reserved
80
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Now introduce function listed in Table 6-2 as follows:
0: inverter during running(RUN). The inverter is in run status,output
indicator signal.
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR). Refer to function description of F5.14.
2: Frequency level detecting signal(FDT1). Refer to function description of
F5.15~F5.16.
3: reserved
4: overload warning signal(OL). Inverter output current exceed F9.05
overload detect level and time exceed F9.06 overload detect time,output indicator
signal.
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL). When set frequency≥high
limit frequency and run frequency reach high limit frequency,output indicator
signal.
6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL). When set frequency≤low limit
frequency and run frequency reach low limit frequency,output indicator signal.
7: Inverter stops for under voltage blockage(LU). When the inverter
is running, LED displays“P.OFF”and output indicator signal if DC bus-bar
voltage is lower than limitative level.
8: stop for exterior failure(EXT). When the inverter give the alarm (E014)
and stops for exterior failure, output indicator signal.
9: inverter zero rotate speed running. When the inverter output zero
frequency but in run status, output indicator signal.
10: PLC running
11: Simple PLC segment running finished. After simple PLC current
segmentrun is finished,output indicator signal(single pulse signal,width 500ms).
12: PLC finish one cycle run
13: reserved
14: Inverter ready to run(RDY). If this signal is effective, shows
that bus-bar voltage is normal and run prohibition terminal is ineffective, the
inverter can receive start-up command.
15: Inverter fault. If failure takes place when the inverter is running, the
inverter output indicator signal.
16: Swing freq. high&low limit restriction. After choosing swing frequency
function, if frequency fluctuant range based on center frequency of swing
frequency is above high limit frequency F0.10 or under low limit frequency F0.11,
the inverter will output indicator signal, as shown in Fig. 6-19.
81
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
High limit
Low limit
Y1: swing freq.
fluctuation
Fig.6-19 swing freq. range restriction
17: Interior counter reach final value
18: Interior counter reach specified value
17~18 please refer to function description of F5.25, F5.26.
19: Set runtime arrive. When accumulative runtime of the inverter (F2.52)
reach set runtime(F2.51),output indicator signal.
20: Interior timing arrive. Refer to function description for F5.27.
21: Multifunctional input terminal signal input
22: FWD running
23: REV running
24: Reserved
F3.31 Reserved
6.5 Simple PLC function parameter group:F4
The user can set by himself the output frequency direction and running time of
the inverter during a running cycle by simple PLC function according to spot craft
demand, as shown in Fig.6-21.
EDS1000 serial inverter simple PLC run function provide 7 kinds ofmulti-step
speed run mode,see below an example of 7 step speed. In Fig.6-20,a1~a5, d1~d5
is accelerating or decelerating time of relative step , set by accelerating
decelerating time parameter F0.08, F0.09 and F2.18~F2.29 in total 7 kinds of
parameter,f1~f7, T1~T7 indicating set frequency and run time set by function
code F4.01~F4.14.
82
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
f2
Simple PLC run
d3
a4
T2
T3
Detailed function description
f6 d7 f7
d7
a5
a 3 f3
T1
a6
f5
a2
f1
a1
6
d5
f4
T4
T5
T6
T7
500ms
PLC step finishing indication
PLC circle finishing indication
Fig.6-21 simple PLC run
EDS1000 series inverter simple PLC run function can provide 7 kinds of
multi-speed operation mode, take the fowling 7speed for example Figure 6 -22 ,
a1~ a5, d1~d5Is the speed up time and the deceleration time of the stage, they are
setted by the acceleration time parameters F 0.08,F0.09and F2.18~F2.29, a total of
seven kinds of parameters, the run frequency and run time of f1~ f7, T1~ T7
are setted by function code F4.01~F4.14.
f6
Simple PLC run
d7
f2
a6
f7
a2
f5
d7
f
a1 1
a5
d3
a 3 f3
a4
T1
T2
T3
d5
f4
T4
T5
T6
T7
RUN command
Fig.6-22
stop after PLC single circle
PLC step finishing and circle finishing indication can be realized by outputting
500mS pulse indicator signal through open circuit collector terminal OC1~OC4,
detailed function defined by F5.10~F5.13.
Range: LED 1st bit: 0~3
Simple PLC running
LED 2nd bit: 0, 1
F4.00
0000
LED 3rd bit :0, 1
setting
td
LED 4 bit :0, 1,2
83
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
This function code make use of its 1st bit, 2nd bit, 3rd bit, 4th bit to set PLC run
mode, PLC rerun mode after interruption, PLC set run time unit,PLC power off
memory time state, detail as follows:
LED 1st:
0: no action. PLC run mode ineffective.
1: stop after single circulation. As shown in Fig.6-22,the inverter stops
automatically after finishing a circle,can only start when another run command is
available.
2: keep final value after single circulation. As shown in Fig.6-23,the
inverter keep running according to frequency, direction of final step after finishing
a circle,the inverter won’t stop according to set decelerating time until the stop
command is available.
a1
a2
f1
d
a 6 f6 7 f7
f2
f5
d3
a 3 f3
T3
T2
T1
d7
a5
a4 d5
f4
T4 T5
T6
T7
RUN command
STOP command
Fig.6-23 holding mode after PLC single circle
f6
f2
f5
f1
PLC run
f6
f7
f7
f2
f5
f1
d1
f1
d1
d2
f3
f3
f4
f4
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T1
Second circle
First circle
RUN command
STOP
84
Fig.6-24
PLC consecutive circle mode
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
3: consecutive circulation. As shown in Fig.6-24,the inverter start next
circle automatically after finishing a circle,until there is stop command.
LED 2nd bit:
0: start from first step. Stop during running caused by stop command,
failure or power off,after restarting the inverter will run from first step.
1: continue to run from step frequency of interruption moment. When
stop during running caused by stop command or failure,the inverter will record
current step used time automatically and enter into this step automatically after
restarting,continue to run for residual time according to defined frequency of this
step, as shown in Fig.6-25. The inverter will rerun from first step after restarting if
power off.
Interruption signal
f1
output freq.Hz
a1
d2
f2
a3
f3
a2
Step 1
Time t
Step 2
Used time
a1: step 1 accelerating time
a3: step 3 accelerating time
f1: step 1 frequency
f3: step 3 frequency
Step 2 residual time
a2: step 2 accelerating time
d2: step 2 decelerating time
f2: step 2 frequency
Fig.6-25 PLC starting mode 1
LED 3rd bit : PLC run time unit
0: second;1: minute
This unit is only effective to PLC run step time,for accelerating decelerating
time of PLC run period, their unit selection is determined by F0.07.
LED 4th bit
0: power off no memory
1: the inverter still in the memory running state when the power off, it needs
renew run (terminal control exceptional) when power on without automotive start.
Make memory of the simple PLC running segments, speed and running time
before power off. Automotive read the state of the power off when restart, but the
inverter doesn’t run directly, (control commands except for the terminal mode),
85
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
you need to run the command again.
2: the inverter will record running state when power off and automatically run
after restarting. Make memory of the simple PLC running segments, speed and
running time before power off, no need running command again directly run from
the state of power off after restart.
note
(1) If run time of PLC segment is set to 0,this segment is ineffective.
(2) can make PLC process a pause, ineffective, work etc. through terminal,for detail
please refer to terminal correlative function parameter group F5.
F4.01
Section 1 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.02
Section 1 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.03
Section 2 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.04
Section 2 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.05
Section 3 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.06
Section 3 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.07
Section 4 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.08
Section 4 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.09
Section 5 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.10
Section 5 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.11
Section 6 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.12
Section 6 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.13
Section 7 setting
Range: 000-621
000
F4.14
Section 7 runtime
Range: 0-6000.0
10.0
F4.01~F4.14 utilize LED 1st bit, 2nd bit, 3rd bit to separately define frequency
setting,direction and accelerating decelerating time of PLC Run, see following
for detail:
LED1st bit: frequency setting
0: multi-step frequency i i=1~7 is defined by F2.30~F2.44.
1: frequency is determined by function code F0.00
LED 2nd bit: run direction selection
0: forward run
1: reverse run
2: determined by run command (FWD,REV)
LED3rd bit: accelerating decelerating time selection
86
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
0: accelerating decelerating time 1
1: accelerating decelerating time 2
2: accelerating decelerating time 3
3: accelerating decelerating time 4
4: accelerating decelerating time 5
5: accelerating decelerating time 6
6: accelerating decelerating time 7
6.6
Terminal correlative function parameter group: F5
F5.00
Input terminal X1 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.01
Input terminal X2 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.02
Input terminal X3 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.03
Input terminal X4 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.04
Input terminal X5 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.05
Input terminal X6 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.06
Input terminal X7 function selection Range: 0~42
0
F5.07
Input terminal X8 function selection Range: 0~42
0
Multi-function input terminal X1~X8 provides 43 kinds of selection mode for
the user,can choose based on spot requirement. For parameter function table
please see Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 multifunction input function selection table
item
corresponding function
item
corresponding function
0
Leave control terminal unused
1
Multi-step speed control terminal 1
2
Multi-step speed control terminal 2
3
Multi-step speed control terminal 3
4
Multi-step speed control terminal 4
5
External forward run jog control
6
External reverse run jog control
7
Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 1
8
Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 2
9
Acce/Dece time selecting terminal 3
10 External device failure input
11 External reset input
12 Free stop input
13 External stop command
14 stop DC braking input command DB
15 Inverter run prohibition
16 Frequency increasing control (UP)
17 frequency descending control(DOWN)
18 Acce/Dece prohibited command
19 Three-wire run control
20 Closed-loop ineffective
21 PLC ineffective
87
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
22 Simple PLC pause command
PLC stop status reset (reset variable of
23 PLC interruption moment, make it restart
from first segment)
24 Frequency provision channel selection 1
25 Frequency provision channel selection 2
26 Frequency provision channel selection 3
27 Frequency switched to CCI
28 Command switched to terminal
29 Run command channel selection 1
30 Run command channel selection 2
31 Run command channel selection 3
32 Swing frequency jumpin
33 External interruption input
34 interior counter clearing end
35 interior counter triggering end
36 Interior timer clearing end
37 interior timer triggering end
38
Pulse frequency input(only effective for
X7,X8)
40 Reserved
39 Reserved
41 Reserved
42 Reserved
Now explain listed function in Table 6-3 as follows:
1~4: Multi-step speed control terminal. Can set 15 step speed run
frequency by choosing ON/OFF combination of these function terminal.
Table 6-4 multi-step speed run selection table
K4
K3
K2
K1
Frequency setting
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Common run frequency
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Multi-step frequency 1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Multi-step frequency 2
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Multi-step frequency 3
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Multi-step frequency 4
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Multi-step frequency 5
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Multi-step frequency 6
OFF
ON
ON
ON
Multi-step frequency 7
Above multi-step frequency can be used in multi-step speed run and simple
PLC run, please see below an example of multi-step speed run:
We now define control terminal X1, X2, X3, separately as follows:
After set F5.00=1, F5.01=2, F5.03=3, X1, X2, X3, are used for realizing
multi-step run,as shown in Fig.6-26.
88
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Output frequency
Detailed function description
Speed2
Speed1
Speed7
Speed6
Common set freq.
Time
Run command
Multi-stepspeed control terminal 1
Multi-stepspeed control terminal 2
Multi-stepspeed control terminal 3
K1
on
K2
on
K3
on
K4
Fig.6-26 multi-step run
In fig.6-27 see an example of terminal run command channel,can make
forward, reverse run control by K5, K6. In Fig.6-26, by different logic
combination of K2, K3, K4,the inverter can run according to common set
frequency or 1~7multi-step frequency multi-speed operation based on above table.
3 phase breaker
R
3 phase
S
AC power
T
supply
U
V
W
PE
M
K1
KM
X5
K2
K3
K4
COM
FWD
REV
COM
Fig.6-27 multi-step speed run
K5
K6
COM
Fig.6-28 exterior device failure always-open input
5~6: external jog run control input JOGF/JOGR. When run command
channel is set to terminal run command channel F0.02=1,JOGF is jog forward
run , JOGR is jog reverse run , jog operation frequency, jog accelerating
decelerating time is defined in F2.06~F2.08 (remark: jog run command channel is
determined by F0.02)
7~9: Acce&Dece time terminal selection
89
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Table 6-5 Acce&Dece time terminal selection logic mode
Terminal 2
Terminal 2
Terminal 1
Acce/Dece time selection
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Acce time 2/ Dece time 2
OFF
ON
OFF
Acce time 3/ Dece time 3
OFF
ON
ON
Acce time 4/ Dece time 4
ON
OFF
OFF
Acce time 5/ Dece time 5
ON
OFF
ON
Acce time 6/ Dece time 6
ON
ON
OFF
Acce time 7/ Dece time 7
Acce time 1/ Dece time 1
Can realize selection for Acce&Dece time1~7 by ON/OFF combination of
Acce&Dece time terminal.
10: external equipment fault input. Can input fault signal of external
equipment by this terminal to be convenient for the inverter to monitor fault of
external equipment. The inverter displays “E0.14”, namely external equipment
fault alarm after receiving the external equipment fault signal.
11: exterior restoration input. After the fault alarm takes place in the
inverter, can restore the inverter through this terminal. Its function is same as
function of RESET key on the operation panel.
12: free stop input. This function is same as free stop during running
defined in F1.05,but it’s realized by control terminal to be convenient for
long-distance control.
13: exterior stop command. This command is effective to all run
command channel,when this function is effective the inverter stops running in
mode set by F1.05.
14: DC injection braking input command DB during stop. Implement
DC injection braking to the motor during stop by control terminal,in order to
realize urgent parking and accurate orientation of the motor. Braking initial
frequency, braking time are defined in F1.06, F1.07.
15: inverter run forbiddance. The inverter during running stops freely
when this terminal is effective and forbidden to start in waiting status. Mainly
applied to occasion needing safe linkage.
16~17: frequency increasing control UP/descending control DOWN.
Realize frequency increasing or descending by control terminal, which substitute
for keypad to realize long-distance control. Effective during common run if
F0.00=2.Increasing descending speed is set by F5.09.
90
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
18: Acce&Dece speed forbidden command. Let the motor not effected by
any foreign signal(except stop command),keep running at current frequency.
Ineffective during normal decelerating stop.
note
19: three-wire run control. Please refer to function description of F5.08
run mode (three-wire run mode).
20: closed-loop ineffective. Realize flexible switch to lower level runmode
under closed-loop run status.
note
(1) Can switch between closed-loop and lower level run mode only during closed-loop
run(F3.00=1).
(2) Start stop control, direction and Acce&Dece time are subject to setting of
corresponding run mode when it’s switched to lower level run mode.
21: PLC ineffective. Realize flexible switch to lower level run mode under
PLC run status.
note
(1) Can switch between PLC and lower level run mode only during PLC run(F4.00≠0).
(2) Start stop control, direction and Acce&Dece time are subject to setting of
corresponding run mode when it’s switched to lower level run mode.
22: simple PLC pause command. Implement pause control to PLC
process during running,run at zero frequency when this terminal is effective,not
time for PLC run;after ineffective implement automatic speed tracking start and
continue PLC run. For application method please refer to function description of
F4.00~F4.14.
23: PLC stop status reset. Under stop status of PLC run mode, will clear
PLC run step, runtime, run frequency etc. recorded when PLC run stops if this
terminal is effective,please see F4 group function description.
24~26: terminal frequency provision channel selection. Through
ON/OFF combination of frequency provision channel selection terminal 24, 25,
26,can realize frequency provision channel switch shown in Table 6-6. For
relation of terminal switch and function code F0.00 setting, that is, latter effective.
Table 6-6 terminal frequency provision channel selection logic mode
frequency
provision channel
selection end 3
frequency
provision channel
selection end 2
frequency
provision
channel selection
end 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
hold freq. setting
OFF
OFF
ON
potentiometer provision
frequency provision
channel selection
91
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
OFF
ON
OFF
keypad number provision
OFF
ON
ON
terminal UP/DOWN
adjusting provision
ON
OFF
OFF
serial port provision
ON
OFF
ON
VCI
ON
ON
OFF
CCI
ON
ON
ON
end PULSE provision
27: switch frequency to CCI. Frequency provision channel is switched to
CCI provision compulsorily when this function terminal is effective, frequency
provision channel come back to previous status when this function terminal is
ineffective.
28: command switched to terminal. Run command channel is switched to
terminal run command channel compulsorily when this function terminal is
effective.
29~31: terminal select run command channel
Table 6-7 Run command channel logic mode
Run command
channel selection
terminal 3
Run command
channel selection
terminal 2
Run command
channel selection
terminal 1
Run command channel
OFF
OFF
OFF
hold run command channel
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
keypad run command
channel
end run command channel
(keypad STOP command
ineffective)
end run command channel
(keypad STOP command
effective)
serial port run command
channel(keypad STOP
command ineffective)
serial port run command
channel(keypad STOP
command effective)
Can realize control command selection shown in Table 6-7 by ON/OFF
combination of run command channel selection terminal,For relation of terminal
switch and function code F0.00 setting, that is, latter effective.
32: swing frequency jump-in. When swing frequency start mode is manual
jump-in,swing frequency function effective if this terminal effective,see F6
92
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
function parameter description.
33: exterior interruption input. The inverter close off output and run at
zero frequency during running upon receiving exterior interruption signal. The
inverter implement automatic speed tracking start-up to resume running once
external interruption signal is relieved.
34: interior counter clearing end. To clear built-in counter in the inverter
with cooperation of counter triggering signal.
35: interior counter triggering end. Counting pulse input port of built-in
counter,pulse max. frequency: 200Hz,see function code F5.24, F5.25.
36: interior timer clearing end. To clear built-in timer in the inverter with
cooperation of timer triggering signal.
37: interior timer triggering end. Please see function description for
parameter F5.27.
38: pulse frequency input(only effective to X7,X8). Only effective for
multifunction input terminal X7, X8,this function terminal receive pulse signal
as frequency provision, for relation between inputted signal pulse frequency
and set frequency in detail, please refer to F7 group parameter.
39: reserved
40: reserved
41: reserved
42: reserved
F5.08 FWD/REV run mode selection Range: 0~3
0
This parameter defines 4 kinds of exterior terminal control mode for inverter
running.
0: 2-wire control mode 1
K2
K1
run command
K1
0
0
stop
1
0
reverse run
0
1
forward run
1
1
stop
Fig.6-29
K2
EDS1000
FWD
REV
COM
2-wire run mode 1
93
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
1: 2-wire control mode 2
K2
K1
run command
0
0
1
0
stop
0
1
forward run
1
1
reverse run
EDS1000
K1
Fig.6-30
FWD
K2
REV
COM
2-wire run mode 2
EDS1000
2: 3-wire control mode 1
Thereinto:
SB1: stop button
SB2: forward run button
SB3: reverse run button
SB2
FWD
SB1
Xi
SB3
REV
COM
Fig.6-31
3-wire run mode 1
Xi is multifunction input terminal of X1~X8, here should define its
corresponding terminal function as No. 19 “3-wire run control” function.
3: 3-wire control mode 2
SB1: stop button
SB2: run button
EDS1000
SB2
K2
run direction
selection
Xi
0
Forward run
REV
1
Reverse run
FWD
SB1
K2
COM
Fig.6-32
3-wire run mode 2
Xi is multifunction input terminal X1~X8, here should define its corresponding
94
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
terminal function as No. 19 “3-wire run control” function.
The inverter restores after failure and start at once if run command channel
selecting terminal and terminal FWD/REV is effective during warning alarm stop.
F5.09 UP/DOWN velocity
Range: 0.01-99.99Hz/S 1.00Hz/S
This function code defines varying rate of the set frequency when it’s modified
by UP/DOWN terminal.
F5.10 Open circuit collector output
Range: 0~24
0
terminal OC1 output setting
Open circuit collector output
F5.11
Range: 0~24
4
terminal OC2 output setting
Open circuit collector output
F5.12
Range: 0~24
5
terminal OC3 output setting
Open circuit collector output
F5.13
Range: 0~24
18
terminal OC4 output setting
OC1~OC4 open collector output terminal,Table 6-8 shows option of above 4
function parameter,choosing same output terminal function repeatedly is allowed.
Table 6-8 output terminal function selection table
Item
Corresponding function
Item
Corresponding function
0
Inverter running signal (RUN)
1
Frequency arriving signal (FAR)
2
Frequency level detecting
signal (FDT1)
3
Reserved
4
Overload warning signal(OL)
5
Output Freq. reach high limit(FHL)
6
Output Freq. reach low limit(FLL)
7
Inverter stop for under voltage
blockage (LU)
8
Stop for exterior failure(EXT)
9
Inverter zero rotate speed running
10
PLC running
11
Simple PLC segment run finished
12
PLC finish one cycle run
13
Reserved
14
Inverter ready to run(RDY)
15
Inverter failure
17
Interior counter final value arrive
19
Set runtime arrive
16
18
Swing Freq. high&low limit
restriction
Interior counter specified value
arrive
20
Interior timer timing arrive
21
OC1- variable Freq. for the 1st pump
OC2- power source for the 1st pump
OC3- variable Freq. for the 2nd pump
OC4- power source for the 2nd pump
22
Reserved
23
Reserved
24
Reserved
95
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Now introduce function listed in Table 6-8 as follows:
0: inverter during running(RUN). The inverter is in run status,output
indicator signal.
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR). Refer to function description of F5.14.
2: Frequency level detecting signal(FDT1). Refer to function description of
F5.15~F5.16.
3: reserved
4: overload warning signal(OL). Inverter output current exceed F9.05
overload detect level and time exceed F9.06 overload detect time,output indicator
signal.
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL). When set frequency≥high
limit frequency and run frequency reach high limit frequency,output indicator
signal.
6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL). When set frequency≤low limit
frequency and run frequency reach low limit frequency,output indicator signal.
7: Inverter stops for under voltage blockage(LU). When the inverter
is running, LED displays“P.OFF”and output indicator signal if DC bus-bar
voltage is lower than limitative level.
8: stop for exterior failure(EXT). When the inverter give the alarm (E014)
and stops for exterior failure, output indicator signal.
9: inverter zero rotate speed running. When the inverter output zero
frequency but in run status, output indicator signal.
10: PLC running
11: Simple PLC segment running finished. After simple PLC current
segmentrun is finished,output indicator signal(single pulse signal,width 500ms).
12: PLC finish one cycle run
13: reserved
14: Inverter ready to run(RDY). If this signal is effective, shows
that bus-bar voltage is normal and run prohibition terminal is ineffective, the
inverter can receive start-up command.
15: Inverter fault. If failure takes place when the inverter is running, the
inverter output indicator signal.
16: Swing freq. high&low limit restriction. After choosing swing frequency
function, if frequency fluctuant range based on center frequency of swing
frequency is above high limit frequency F0.10 or under low limit frequency F0.11,
the inverter will output indicator signal, as shown in Fig. 6-33.
96
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
output
High limit
Set
Freq.
checkout range
Low limit
time
Y
Y1: swing freq.
time
fluctuation
Fig.6-33 swing freq. range restriction Fig.6-34 freq. arriving signal output
17: Interior counter reach final value
18: Interior counter reach specified value
17~18 please refer to function description of F5.25~F5.26.
19: Set runtime arrive. When accumulative runtime of the inverter (F2.52)
reach set runtime(F2.51),output indicator signal.
20: Interior timing arrive. Refer to function description for F5.27.
21: OC1- variable Freq. for the 1st pump
OC2- power source for the 1st pump
OC3- variable Freq. for the 2nd pump
OC4- power source for the 2nd pump
22: Reserved
23: Reserved
24: Reserved
F5.14
Freq. arriving(FAR)detect range
Range: 0.00-50.00Hz
5.00Hz
This parameter is supplementary definition to No. 1 function in Table 6-8.As
shown in Fig.6-34,when output frequency of the inverter is within high&low
detect range of set frequency,output pulse signal.
Range: 0.00-high
F5.15 FDT1(freq. level) electric level
10.00Hz
limit frequency
F5.16 FDT1 lag
1.00Hz
Range: 0.00-50.00Hz
F5.15~F5.16 is supplementary
definition to No.2 function in Table
Output freq.
6-8, introduce as follows: When FDT1 electric
output frequency exceed the set level
frequency(FDT1 electric level) ,
output indicator signal , till output
frequency descend to be some
frequency(FDT1 electric level-FDT1
Y
lag) lower than FDT1 electric level,
as shown in Fig.6-35.
Fig.6-35
FDT1 lag
time
time
freq. level detecting
97
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F5.17
Analog output(AO1)selection
6
Detailed function description
Range: 0-9
0
0: output frequency(0-high limit frequency)
1: set frequency(0-high limit frequency)
2: output current(0-2×rated current)
3: output voltage(0-1.2×load motor rated voltage)
4: bus-bar voltage(0-800V)
5: PID provision (0.00-10.00V)
6: PID feedback (0.00-10.00V)
7: reserved
8: reserved
9: reserved
F5.18
Analog output(AO1)gain
Range: 0.00-2.00
1.00
F5.19
Analog output(AO1) offset
Range: 0.00-10.00V
0.00
For AO1 and AO2 analog output, the user can modify display measuring range
or emend meter head error by adjusting output gain if necessary.
F5.20
Analog output(AO2)selection
Range: 0-9
0
Same as F5.17 function parameter description.
F5.21
Analog output(AO2)gain
Range: 0.00-2.00
1.00
F5.22
Analog output(AO2) offset
Range: 0.00-10.00V
0.00
Same as F5.18 and F5.19 function parameter description.
This function makes real-time effect to analog output when it’s being modified.
note
F5.23
DO terminal output function
Range: 0~9
selection
0
Same as F5.17 function parameter description.
Range: 0.1-20.0
F5.24 DO max. pulse output freq.
10.0
(max. 20KHz)
DO port max. output pulse frequency corresponds to maximum value optioned
by F5.23,for example 0: output frequency,then max. Output pulse frequency
corresponds to high limit frequency.
interior count number
F5.25 Set
0
Range: 0-9999
arriving provision
Specified
interior
count
F5.26 number arriving provision
0
Range: 0-9999
F5.25, F5.26 is supplementary definition to No. 17, 18 function in Table 6-8.
98
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Set count number provision,shows that when some number of pulse are
inputted to Xi(count triggering signal input function terminal), OC1 (open
collector Output terminal) output a indicator signal.
As shown in Fig.6-36,OC1 output an indicator signal when the 8th pulse is
inputted to Xi. Here F5.25=8.
Specified count number provision,shows that when some number of pulse are
inputted to Xi, Yi output a indicator signal,till set count number is reached.
As shown in Fig.6-36,OC2 start to output an indicator signal when the 5th
pulse is inputted to Xi. Until set count number 8 is reached. Here F5.26=5.
Specified count number is ineffective when it is bigger than set count number.
Xi input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OC1
OC2
Fig.6-36 Set count number and specified count number provision
F5.27
Interior timing setting
Range: 0.1-6000.0s
60.0
This parameter is used to set timing time of interior timer of the inverter. The
timer is activated by exterior triggering end(triggering end selected by
F5.00~F5.07), the timer begins timing upon receiving exterior triggering signal,
after it’s up to timing time one effective pulse signal of 0.5s will be outputted
from relative OC end.
6.7
Traverse special function parameter group: F6
F6.00
Traverse function selection
Range: 0, 1
0
0: traverse function ineffective
1: traverse function effective
F6.01
Traverse run mode
Range: LED 1st bit: 0, 1
LED 2nd bit: 0, 1
00
LED 1st bit: jump-in mode
0: automatic jump-in mode. After start-up run at traverse preset frequency
for a period of time, then enter into traverse operation automatically.
1: terminal manual run mode. When set the multifunction terminal
Xi(Xi=X1~X8)to function 32 and it’s effective,enter into traverse state;quit traverse
99
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
state if ineffective and run frequency is at traverse preset frequency.
LED 2nd bit:
0: changing traverse amplitude. Amplitude AW varies with center
frequency,for its changing rate please see F6.02 definition.
1: fixed traverse amplitude. Amplitude AW is determined by high limit
frequency and F6.02.
Traverse center frequency input setting channel is set by F0.00 function.
!
F6.02
Traverse amplitude threshold
Range: 0.0-50.0(%)
0.0(%)
changing amplitude: AW=center frequency×F6.02
fixed amplitude: AW=high limit frequency×F6.02
Traverse run frequency is restricted by high limit, low limit frequency ; if set
improperly,abnormal traverse operaion arise.
note
F6.03
Sudden jumping freq.
Range: 0.0-50.0(%)
0.0(%)
As shown in Fig.6-37If this parameter is set to 0, no jumping frequency.
F6.04
Traverse cycle
Range: 0.1-999.9s
10.0s
Whole time for a cycle including traverse rising, descending process.
Triangle wave
Range: 0.0-98.0(%)(traverse
50.0(%)
rising time
cycle)
Define runtime of traverse rising segment=F6.04×F6.05 (s),runtime of
descending segment = F6.04 × (1-F6.05) (s). Please refer to description in
Fig.6-37
F6.05
F6.06
Traverse preset frequency
Range: 0.00-400.00Hz
F6.07
Traverse preset frequency
latency time
Range: 0.0-6000s
0.00Hz
0.0s
F6.06 is used for defining inverter run frequency before entering into traverse
operation.
When automatic start-up mode is optioned,F6.07 is used for setting holding time
running at traverse preset frequency before enter into traverse operation;When
manual start-up mode is optioned,F6.07 setting is ineffective. Please see description
in Fig.6-37.
100
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Run freq. Hz
traverse high limit Fh
center freq.Fset
traverse low limit FL
6
Detailed function description
Traverse amplitude
AW=Fset*F6.02
+AW
-AW
traverse preset freq.
weaving sudden
jumping freq.
=AW*F6.03
a
weaving
triangle wave rising time
Accel per start-up latency
traverse cycle
accel time time F6.07
time
Dece per
Dece time
run command
stop command
Fig. 6-37
6.8
Traverse
Frequency provision function parameter group: F7
F7.00
VCI min. provision
Range: 0.00-F7.02
0.00V
F7.01
VCI min. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency
0.00Hz
F7.02
VCI max. provision
Range: 0.00-10.00V
F7.03
VCI max. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency
F7.04
CCI min. provision
Range: 0.00-F7.06
0.00V
F7.05
CCI min. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency
0.00Hz
F7.06
CCI max. provision
Range: 0.00-10.00V
F7.07
CCI max. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency
F7.08
YCI min. provision
Range: 0.00-F7.10
0.00V
F7.09
YCI min. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency(REV)
0.00Hz
YCI max. provision
YCI max. provision
corresponding freq.
Range: 0.00-10.00V
Range: 0.00-high limit
frequency(FWD)
F7.10
F7.11
9.9V
50.00Hz
9.9V
50.00Hz
9.9V
50.00Hz
101
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F7.12
6
Detailed function description
Range: 0.00V-2.00V
YCI dead area setting
0.10V
The inverter can decide FWD run or REV run according to YCI input when
YCI is selected to be frequency provision(i.e. F0.00=6). YCI frequency defined in
F2.09 may be positive or negative when YCI isn’t selected to be frequency
provision.
Shown as the figure: 0—dead band the frequency is negative.
5V-dead band—5V+dead band YCI set frequency is 0
5V+ dead band—10V the frequency is positive
F7.13
PULSE max. input pulse
Range: 0.1-20.0K
10.0K
F7.14
PULSE min. provision
Range: 0.0-F7.16
0.0K
Range: 0.00-high limit
0.00Hz
frequency
Range: F7.14(PULSE min.
F7.16 PULSE max. provision
provision)-F7.13(max.
10.0K
input pulse)
PULSE max. provision
Range: 0.00-high limit
F7.17
50.00Hz
corresponding freq.
frequency
F2.00 sets the analog channel filtering time constant,to filter input signal, the
more long filtering time is, the more great anti-jamming ability is, but response
speed descend; the more short filtering time is, the more fast the inverter respond,
but anti-jamming ability is weakened.
See below relation curve of VCI and set frequency:
F7.15
PULSE min. provision
corresponding freq.
fmax
Set freq.
fmax
Set freq.
fmin
fmin
A
Amin
Amax
(1)plus characteristic
A:VCI provision
Amin:min. provision
Amax:max. provision
102
A
Amin
Amax
(2)minus characteristic
fmin:corresponding freq. of min. provision
fmax:corresponding freq. of max. provision
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
See below relation curve of CCI and set frequency:
Set freq.
Set freq.
fmax
fmax
fmin
fmin
A
A
(1) plus characteristic
(2) minus characteristic
Amin
Amin
Amax
A:CCI provision
Amin: min. provision
Amax: max. provision
Amax
fmin: corresponding freq. to min. provision
fmax: corresponding freq. to max. provision
See below relation curve of YCI and set frequency:
fmax
FWD
REV
Amin Amax
5V
0
10V
dead band
fmin
A:YCI provision
Amin: min. provision
Amax: max. provision
fmin: corresponding freq. to min. provision
fmax: corresponding freq. to max. provision
See below relation curve of PULSE and set frequency:
Set freq.
Set freq.
fmax
fmax
fmin
fmin
P
P
Pmin
Pmax
(1) plus characteristic
P: PULSE provision
Pmin: min. provision
Pmax: max. provision
Pmin
Pmax
(2) minus characteristic
fmin: corresponding freq. to min. provision
fmax: corresponding freq. to max. provision
103
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6.9
F8.00
6
Detailed function description
Motor and vector control parameter group: F8
Control mode setting
Range: 0, 1
0
0: V/F control
Please select V/F control mode if you need to use single inverter to drive
more than one motor.
1: vector control
Sensor less vector control run mode is mainly applied to speed control, torque
control etc. which require high control performance.
Depend on
F8.01 Motor rated voltage
Range: 1-480V
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
F8.02
Motor rated current
Range: 0.1-999.9A
F8.03
Motor rated frequency
Range: 1.00-400.0Hz
F8.04
Motor rated speed
Range: 1-9999r/min
Depend on
device type
F8.05
Motor pole quantity
Range: 2-14
Depend on
device type
F8.06
Motor rated power
Range: 0.1-999.9KW
Depend on
device type
Please set above parameters according to rated data of motor drived by the
inverter for the sake of safe running.
Motor stator
Depend on
F8.07 resistance
Range: 0.000-9.999ohm
device type
Motor rotor
Depend on
F8.08 resistance
Range: 0.000-9.999ohm
device type
Motor stator
Depend on
F8.09 leakage inductance
Range: 0.0-999.9mH
device type
Motor rotor
Depend on
F8.10 leakage inductance
Range: 0.0-999.9mH
device type
Motor mutual
Depend on
F8.11 inductance
Range: 0.0-999.9mH
device type
104
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
The inverter will set F8.07-F8.10 to be default standard motor parameter everty
time after motor rated data modified.
F8.12
Torque limit
Range: 50.0-200.0%
150.0%
This parameter is used to limit torque current outputted from speed adjustor.
Torque limit value 50.0-200.0% is percentage of inverter rated current; torque
limit=100%,i.e., set torque current limit is rated current of the inverter.
F8.13
Speed loop proportion gain
Range: 0.000-6.000
0.700
F8.14
Speed loop integral time constant
Range: 0.000-9.999
0.360
By F8.13, F8.14 you can set proportion gain and integral time of the speed
adjustor to change speed response characteristic of vector control.
F8.15
Motor stability coefficient
Range: 0-4
3
F8.16
Filter time displayed instead freq.
Range: 0-999
6
If surge happens or the motor run unstably, you can eliminate surge by
increasing F8.15.
F8.17
Motor speed correction factor
Range :0-9999%
100%
This parameter check display error, have no effect on the actual value.
6.10
Protection function parameter group: F9
F9.00
Waiting time for starting
again when power off
Range :0.0-20.0s(0 means do
not enable this function)
F9.01
Failure self-renew times
Range: 0-10
F9.02
Failure self-renew interval
Range: 0.5-20.0s
0
0
5.0s
During run process, failure will take place accidently due to load fluctuation
and the inverter will cut off output, here failure self-restoration function can be
applied in order to let the device continue to run. During self-restoration, the
inverter will try to resume running in speed checking restart mode but stop
outputting and failure protected if the inverter can’t resume running successfully
within set times. Self-restoration function will be shut down if failure self-restoration
times is set to 0.
When the inverter is under running, due to the system power supply it may
appear short time power failure so that the Inverter stops output, in order not to
suspend the equipment operation when the power on, please adopt F9.00 function.
After starting the inverter, though setting the parameter of F9.00, automatically
resume run as inspection speed start method.
105
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
(1) To use failure self-restoration function must take device allowance and no essential
failure in the inverter as preconditions.
(2) Self-restoration function is ineffective to failure protection caused by overload and
over heat.
(3) When F9.00 is not 0, the restart function works without personnel operation, so this
feature needs to be used with caution.
(4) Regardless of forward or reverse before power failure, it will be forward after restart.
!
F9.03
Motor overload protection
mode selection
Range:LED1st :0, 1
LED2nd:0, 1
01
LED1st :motor overload protection selection
This parameter defines protecting action mode when overload, overheat take
place in the inverter.
0: no action. No motor overload protection characteristic(apply with
caution),here the inverter have no overload protection for load motor;
1: inverter cut off output at once. The inverter cut off output and motor
stop freely when overload, overheat take place.
LED2nd :Motor phase loss protection selection。
0: Motor phase loss protection enable. This protection begins detection when
the inverter output frequency over 3.00 Hz
1: Close the output phase loss protection. When the motor phase is lossing,
the inverter does not directly conduct phase protection, but other inverter over
current protections are still valid. This operation may lead to serious motor heat
when the motor occurs phase loss, and may result in fire, non-specific applications,
please do not turn off this protection.
Motor overload protection
Range: 20.0-120.0(%)
F9.04
100.0(%)
coefficient
This parameter sets sensibility of the inverter implementing thermal relay
protection to load motor, can implement correct heat protection to the motor by
setting this value when output current value of load motor don’t match rated
current of the inverter, as shown in Fig.6-38.
Value of this parameter can be determined by following formula:
motor rated current
[F9.04]=
×100
inverter rated output current
note
106
The inverter will lose thermal relay protecti on function when a piece of inverter drive
multi ple motors in parallel. Please assemble heat protection relay at input side of each
motor to protect them effectively.
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
time
Output current
Alarm level
[F9.05]
[F9.04]=50%
[F9.04]=100%
Yn
1minute
current
55%
high
110% 150% (G)
105% 120% (P)
[F9.06]
Fig.6-38 electronic thermal relay protection
F9.05
F9.06
Overload warning alarm
checkout level
Overload warning alarm delay
time
high
time
[F9.06]
Fig.6-39 overload alarm
Range: 20-200(%)
Range: 0.0-20.0S
130(%)
5.0S
If output current exceeds electric level set by parameter F9.05 continuously,
open collector outputs effective signal(refer to Fig.6-39 and interrelated
description of parameter F5.10~F5.13) after delay time set by F9.06 passed.
F9.07
Overvoltage stall selection
Range: 0, 1
F9.08
Overvoltage stall point
Range: 120-150(%)
1
130(%)
0: banned
1: allowed
Actual descending rate of motor speed may be lower than that of output
frequency due to effect from load inertia when the inverter is in decelerating run
process, here the motor will feed electric energy back to inverter which will make
DC bus-bar voltage of the inverter increase, overvoltage protection will takes
place if not take steps.
Overvoltage stall protection function,
indicates that output frequency of the stall overvoltage
point
inverter stops descending if bus-bar
voltage detected during run process
time
exceed stall voltage point defined by
F9.08 (relative to standard bus-bar
voltage) and the inverter continue to
output freq.
implement decelerating run when
bus-bar voltage detected again is lower
time
than stall overvoltage point. As shown
in Fig. 6-40.
Fig.6-40 overvoltage stall function
107
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
Automatic current
Range: 110-200(%)
150(%)
limit level
Frequency descending
F9.10
rate during current
Range: 0.00-99.99Hz/s
10.00Hz/s
limiting
Automatic current
F9.11
Range: 0, 1
0
limiting action selection
By automatic current limiting function the inverter can limit load current not to
exceed automatic current limiting level set by F9.09 to avoid tripping out for
failure caused by rushing current. This function is especially suitable for some
biggish inertia or acutely changing load occasion.
Automatic current limiting (F9.09) defines current threshold value of automatic
current limiting action, its value is the percentage relative to inverter rated current.
Frequency descending rate during current limiting (F9.10) defines adjusting
rate to output frequency during automatic current limiting action.
If frequency descending rate during automatic current limiting F9.10 is too
small,inverter isn’t easy to get rid of automatic current limiting state which may
cause overload failure finally;If descending rate F9.10 is too big, the inverter may
be in generating state for long time which will cause overvoltage protection.
Automatic current limiting function is effective in accelerating decelerating
state and whether it’s effective in constant speed run state is determined by
automatic current limiting action selection (F9.11).
F9.11=0 indicates that automatic current limiting is ineffective during constant
speed running;
F9.11=1 indicates that automatic current limiting is effective during constant
speed running;
Output frequency may varies during automatic current limiting action,so
automatic current limiting function is not suitable for occasion demanding stable
output frequency during constant speed run.
F9.09
6.11
Failure record function parameter group: Fd
Fd.00
Previous one time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
Fd.01
Previous two time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
Fd.02
Previous three time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
Fd.03
Previous four time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
Fd.04
Previous five time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
Fd.05
Previous six time failure record
Range:
0~23
0
108
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
6
Detailed function description
0: no failure
1―23: failure E0.01-E0.23,please see chapter 7 for specified failure type
Fd.06 Set freq. at previous failure
Range: 0-high limit
0
Fd.07 Output freq. at previous failure
Range: 0-high limit
0
Fd.08 Output current at previous failure
Range: 0-999.9A
0
Fd.09 Output volt. at previous failure
Range: 0-999V
0
Fd.10 DC bus-bar volt. at previous failure Range: 0~800V
0
Fd.11 Load motor speed at previous failure Range: 0~9999
0
Fd.12 Module temp. at previous failure
0
Range: 0~100
Fd.13 Input end state at previous failure
11111111
Fd.14 Accu. runtime at previous failure
6.12
FF.00
Range: 0~65535h
0
Password and manufacturer function parameter group: FF
User password
Range:
0000-9999
0000
User password setting function is used for prohibiting unauthorized personnel
from consulting and modifying function parameter.
Set this function code to 0000 when user password function isn’t wanted.
First input 4 bits number as user password and press ENTER
DATA key to confirm,
then the password will come into effect at once.
Password modification:
ESC
Enter into password verification state by pressing MENU key, after inputting
primary 4 bits password parameter editing state is available,choose FF.00(here
FF.00=0000),input new password and press ENTER
key to confirm,then the
DATA
password come into effect at once.
note
FF.01
Please keep the password you set without fail, in case the password is missing please
consult the manufacturer.
Manufacturer password
Range:
0000-9999
0000
Setting function for the manufacturer, user need not modify it.
109
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
7
Troubleshooting
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Failure and countermeasure
Possible failure types in EDS1000 are shown in Table 7-1 and failure code is from
E001 to E023. Some failure code is reserved for intelligent automatic diagnosis
function which will be executed continuously in future. When failure takes place in
the inverter, the user should check according to note of this table first and record
failure phenomena detailedly. Please contact our after-sale service and technical
support Department or agent in your local place when technical service is needed.
Table 7-1 Failure type and the countermeasure
Failure
Failure type
code
E001 overcurrent
during
accelerating
process
Possible reason
Countermeasure
Accelerating time is too short
Prolong accelerating time
Adjust V/F curve setting,adjust
Improper V/F curve
manual torque boost or change to
automatic torque boost
Restart rotating motor
Set speed checking restart function
Low power source voltage
Check input power supply
Too small power of the inverter Choose inverter with high-power
E002 overcurrent
Decelerating time is too short
Prolong decelerating time
during
Have potential energy load or Increase braking power of external
decelerating
big
energy consumption braking
process
Inertia load
subassembly
Power of inverter is a bit small Choose inverter with high-power
E003 overcurrent
Load change suddenly or
Check or reduce break of the load
during constant Have unwonted phenomena
speed process
Accel/Decel time is set to too
Prolong accelerating decelerating
short
time properly
low power source voltage
Check input power supply
Power of inverter is a bit small
Choose inverter with high-power
E004 overvoltage
during
accelerating
process
Unwonted input voltage
Check input power supply
E005 overvoltage
during
decelerating
process
Decelerating time is too short
Prolong decelerating time
Have potential energy load or Increase braking power of external
big
energy consumption braking
inertia load
subassembly
Accel time is set to too short
Prolong accelerating time properly
Restart rotating motor
Set speed checking restart function
E006 Overvoltage
Unwonted input voltage
during constant
Accel/Decel time is set to too
speed process
short
Input voltage change abnormally
Load inertia is a bit big
E007 Inverter control
power supply
overvoltage
110
Unwonted input voltage
Check input power supply
Prolong accelerating decelerating
time properly
Assemble reactor
Use energy consumption
subassembly
Check input power supply or look
for service
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
7
E008 Inverter overload Accel time is set to too short
DC injection braking is too big
E009 Motor overload
E010 inverter
heating
E011
over
overvoltage
E012 Input power loss
phase
E013 Inverting module
protection
E014 external
failure
device
Troubleshooting
Prolong accelerating time
Reduce DC injection braking
current,prolong braking time
Adjust V/F curve and torque boost
Set speed checking restart function
check power source voltage
Choose inverter with high-power
Adjust V/F curve and torque boost
check power source voltage
Can choose frequency conversion
motor for long time low speed run
to set motor overload protection
factor correctly
improper V/F curve
Restart rotating motor
power source voltage is too low
Load is too big
improper V/F curve
power source voltage is too low
General motor run at low speed
with big load
motor overload protection factor
set incorrectly
motor blocked up or load change
Check the load
too suddenly and quickly
To clear air-path or improve
Air-path blocked
ventilation condition
Improve ventilation condition, lower
Ambient temperature is too high
carrier frequency
Fan damaged
Replace the fan
Increase the deceleration time or
over-fast shutdown
increase
Input power line loss phase
Check the inverter input power
phase loss or a certain phase poor
contact or not (it may be necessary
in the case of the inverter with a load
test)
Transient overcurrent of the Refer to countermeasure for
inverter
overcurrent
phase to phase short circuit or
earthing short circuit of output 3 wiring again
phase
Air-path
blocked
or
fan
To clear air-path or replace the fan
damaged
Ambient temperature is too high Lower ambient temperature
Connecting wire or insert on
Check and connect the wire again
control board loose
Unwonted current wave caused
Check wiring
by missing output phase etc.
Assistant power supply damaged Look for service from manufacturer
and drive voltage lacking
or agent
Look for service from manufacturer
Unwonted control board
or agent
use sudden
key
STOP
Look up operation mode
in non-keypad run mode
Use sudden
STOP
under condition of stall
key
Set running parameter correctly
Sudden stop terminal for Open external failure terminal after
external failure closed
external failure is settled
E015 current detecting Connecting wire or insert on
Check and connect the wire again
circuit failure
control board loose
111
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Assistant power supply damaged
Hall component damaged
Unwonted amplifying circuit
E016 RS485
communication
failure
E017
E018
E019
E020
E021
E022
112
7
Troubleshooting
Look for service from manufacturer
or agent
Look for service from manufacturer
or agent
Look for service from manufacturer
or agent
Baud rate set improperly
set Baud rate properly
Serial port communication error
press STOP
key to reset,
RESET
look for service
Failure warning parameter set
improperly
Modify F2.16, F2.17
Check if upper device work and wiring
Upper device doesn’t work
is correct
PID
Check the PID feedback loop wiring
PID feedback amount lost
Disconnection
is good or not
fault
PID value instantly becomes Check the equipment abnormal or
very small
not
U-phase output
check motor U-phase connection
U-phase motor poor wiring
phase loss
wire
motor U-phase damage
exchange motor
Check motor and load mounting is
Have
serious
mechanical loose or not
resonance, the current waveform
Appropriately adjust V / F curve,
anomalies
reducing the resonance
seek services from manufacturer or
inverter U-phase damage
dealers
Under voltage
check spot input voltage
Under voltage
failure
System
Reset by pressing STOP
key or
RESET
disturbance
Serious disturbance
Add mains filter at power supply
input side
Main control DSP read and write Reset by the key-press, look for
wrongly
service
V-phase output
check motor V-phase connection
V-phase motor poor wiring
phase loss
wire
motor V-phase damage
exchange motor
Check motor and load mounting is
Have
serious
mechanical loose or not
resonance, the current waveform
Appropriately adjust V / F curve,
anomalies
reducing the resonance
seek services from manufacturer or
inverter V-phase damage
dealers
W-phase output
check motor W-phase connection
W-phase motor poor wiring
phase loss
wire
motor W-phase damage
exchange motor
Check motor and load mounting is
Have
serious
mechanical
loose or not
resonance, the current waveform
Appropriately adjust V / F curve,
anomalies
reducing the resonance
seek services from manufacturer or
inverter W-phase damage
dealers
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
E023 E2PROM read
and write
wrongly
P.OFF Under
voltage failure
7
Troubleshooting
Reset by pressing STOP
RESET
Mistake take place when read or
Look for service from manufacturer
write control parameter
or agent
Under voltage
Check spot input voltage
7.2 Failure record lookup
This series inverter can record latest 6 failure code and inverter run parameter of
the last failure, to search these informations can redound to finding out reason of the
failure.
Failure information is all stored in Fd group parameter,please enter into Fd group
parameter to see about information by referring to keypad operation method.
code
content
code
Content
Fd.00
previous one failure record
Fd.08
output current at previous failure
Fd.01
previous two failure record
Fd.09
output volt. at previous failure
Fd.02
previous three failure record
Fd.10
DC bus-bar vlot. at previous failure
Fd.03
previous four failure record
Fd.11
load motor speed at previous failure
Fd.04
previous five failure record
Fd.12
module temp. at previous failure
Fd.05
previous six failure record
Fd.13
input end state at previous failure
Fd.06
set freq. at previous failure
Fd.14
Accu. runtime at previous failure
Fd.07
output freq. at previous failure
——
—
7.3 Failure reset
(1)
!
Before reset you must find out reason of failure downright and eliminate it,
otherwise may cause permanent damage to the inverter.
(2) If can’t reset or failure takes place again after resetting, should look for reason and
continuous resetting will damage the inverter.
(3) Reset should take place 5 minutes after overload, overheat protection action.
To resume normal running when failure takes place in the inverter, you can
choose following any kind of operation:
(1) After you set any terminal of X1~X8 to be inputted by external RESET
(F5.00~F5.07=11), you can open it after connected to COM.
STOP
(2) When failure code is displayed,press
key after restoration is
RESET
confirmed.
(3) Cut off power supply.
note
E013 inverter module fault. system will lock the output when this fault appear , and
cannot directly reset, must cut off the power and inspect, restart with power after
confirming no abnormal , the fault can be remove .
113
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
8
8 Maintenance
Maintenance
8.1 Routine maintenance
When you use EDS1000 series you must assemble and operate it according to
demand listed in this《service manual》strictly. During run state, temperature,
humidity, vibration and aging parts may affect it. To avoid this, it is recommended
to perform routine inspections.
Table 8-1 Daily inspection items
Period
daily periodic
Inspection
item
Inspection content
(1)output current
Run state
(2)output voltage
parameter
(3)inside temp.
√
Cooling
system
√
√
(1)installing ambient
Criterion
(1)within range of rated value
(2)within range of rated value
(3)temp. increment < 35℃
(1)good ventilation, unblocked air-path
(2)local fan
(2)rotate normally without abnormal noise
(1)heating
(1)no abnormality
(2)noise
(2)even
(1) vibration, heating
(1)vibration balanced, proper wind temp.
Motor
√
Inverter (2)noise
(2) without abnormal sound
(3)fixation of lead, terminal (3)fixed screw don’t loose
√
Run
ambient
(1)temperature, humidity
(1)-10℃~+40℃
40℃~50℃used in lower volume or
execute compulsory heat dissipating
(2)dust, water and leakage
(2)no water leakage imprint, no dust
(3)gas
(3)no peculiar smell
Recommend to inspect with following instrument:
Input voltage: electric voltmeter ; output voltage: rectifying voltmeter ;
inputoutput current: pincers ammeter.
8.2
Inspection and replacement of damageable parts
Some component parts in the inverter will be abraded or bear descending
performance for long-term usage,to assure that the inverter can run stably and
reliably, it is recommended to perform defending maintenance and replace
corresponding parts if necessary.
(1) cooling fan
Abnormal noise, even oscillation may take place if the fan have wearingbearing,
aging blade, here replacement of the fan should be considered.
114
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
8 Maintenance
(2) filter electrolyte capacitance
When frequent-changing load causes increasing pulsant current and aging
electrolyte under high ambient temperature, the electrolyte capacitance may be
damaged and here should replace it.
8.3
Repair guarantee
(1) Within 18 months from purchasing date, if failure caused by inverter itself
takes place under normal conservation and usage, we will provide free repair
service.
(2) We will take some upkeep if one of following situations takes place within
period of repair guarantee.
a. If did not use the inverter according to《service manual》strictly or did not
use it under ambient demanded in《service manual》, which cause failure.
b. Failure caused by applying the inverter to non-normal function;
c. Failure caused by self-repair, refit which is not already allowed;
d. Damage caused by bad keeping, falling down from high place or other
extrinsic factor after purchasing the inverter;
e. Failure caused by natural disaster or its reason such as unwonted voltage,
thunderbolt, water fog, fire, salt corroding, gas corroding, earthquake and
storm etc.;
f. Make bold to tear up product logo (such as: nameplate etc.); Body serial
number don’t accord with that in repair guarantee card.
(3) We calculate service fee based on actual cost, which is subject to contract if
any.
(4) You can contact the agent and also our company directly if you have questions.
After repair guarantee period, we shall also provide lifetime charged repair
service for our products.
note
8.4
Our company will also provide lifetime repair service with fee for inverter which is not
within period of repair guarantee.
Storage
The user must pay attention to following points for temporary storage and
long-term storage after purchasing the inverter:
(1) Avoid storing the inverter in high temperature, moist place and place of dust,
metal powder and assure good ventilation.
(2) Longtime storage will cause electrolyte capacitance of low quality, so must
assure that it’s electrified for one time within 2 years and electrification time is
not shorter than 5 hours and input voltage must be increased to rated value
gradually by voltage adjustor.
115
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
9 Fitting parts
9 Fitting parts
9.1 Communication subassembly
9.1.1 Long-distance operation key board
Maximum electric distance from local keypad to inverter is 2m.
RS485 communication mode is adopted between inverter and long-distance
keypad,only a four-core cable is needed between them and maximum electric
distance can reach 1000m.They communicate with each other in main-auxiliary
mode, namely take long-distance keypad as main device and inverter as auxiliary
one. Connecting wire end is fixed by common screw which is easy to maintain.
This series of inverter support usage of local keypad and long-distance keypad
at the same time,no priority order,both can operate the inverter synchronously.
Following function can be realized by long-distance keypad:
(1) Can control run, stop, jog, failure restoration, changing set frequency
modifying function parameter and run direction of auxiliary device.
(2)Can identify auxiliary device type and monitor run frequency, set116
frequencyoutput voltage, output current, analog closed loop feedback,
analog closed loop setting and exterior counting value of auxiliary device.
EN-KB8
Fig.9-1 long-distance keypad
9.1.2 Communication cable
(1) Long-distance keypad communication cable
Type: EN-LC0030 (3.0m)
Used for connecting between long-distance keypad and inverter.
Remark: 1m, 2m, 3m, 5m, 10m, 15m are standard deployment for our company’s
inverter,it’s needed to subscribe for the cable if it exceeds 15m.
116
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10
10 Examples
Examples
10.1
Common speed regulation running
10.1.1
Basic wiring diagram
3 phase breaker
3 phase power supply
R
S
U
V
W
E
EDS1000
T
motor
M
failure waring light
TA
L1
TB
ENTER
DATA
TC
L2
AO1
cymometer
GND
Fig.10-1
10.1.2
Set following basic parameter:
(1) set parameter F8.01-F8.06 according to rated value of the motor.
(2) set F0.00 parameter to 0,choose keypad analog potentiometer to set frequency.
(3) set F0.02 parameter to 0,choose keypad to control start-up, stop.
(4) use F0.03 parameter to set run direction.
(1) Press
note
(2) To press
key,the inverter will stop.
(3) To press
ENTER
DATA
key,inverter enter into next menu or confirm data.
(4) Press
10.1.3
key to set frequency.
STOP
RESET
key to increase or decrease the data.
Realized function
(1) Realize stepless speed regulation to the motor, use keypad to control start/stop
and keypad analog potentiometer to adjust frequency.
(2) Bear failure warning function.
(3) Connect with cymometer,which indicates output frequency of the inverter.
10.1.4 Application field
Used for common speed regulation field,such as: transportation machine, china
machine, baccy machine, metallurgy machine etc.
117
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10.2
Terminal control running
10.2.1
Basic wiring diagram
10 Examples
3 phase breaker
3 phase 380V
50/60Hz
EDS1000
R
S
motor
M
W
E
T
forward run
reverse run
U
V
FWD
REV
COM
TA
TB
TC
failure warning light
L1
L2
10V/5V
specified signal 10K
AO1
VCI
ammeter
GND
GND
Fig.10-2
10.2.2
Parameter setting
(1) Set parameter F8.01-F8.06 according to rated value of the motor.
(2) Set F0.00 parameter to 4~6 to choose VCI, CCI, YCI accordingly, can accept
frequency set signal within 0~10V.
(3) Set F0.02 parameter to 1,to choose terminal run command channel.
note
(1) If F5.08=0,namely 2 wire control mode 1: FWD and COM are closed,moter is
in forward run;REV and COM are closed,motor is in reverse run;FWD, REV
and COM are closed or opened together,the inverter stop.
(2) Set frequency is specified through VCI analog channel.
10.2.3 Realized function
(1) control forward run/reverse run of the motor by external on-off quantum.
(2) control speed of the motor by 0~10V signal.
(3) bear failure warning and output current indication function.
10.2.4 Application field
Used in field where need long-distance control to start/stop of the motor such as
blower, food, chemical machine, packing machine, transportation machine etc.
118
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10.3
Multi-step speed control running
10.3.1
Parameter setting
10 Examples
(1) Set parameter F8.01-F8.06 according to rated value of the motor.
(2) Set F0.02 parameter to 1,to choose terminal run command channel.
(3) F2.30-F2.44: multi-step speed frequency setting.
(4) F5.00-F5.07 set multi-step speed terminal control function.
!
10.3.2
(1) If F5.08=0,namely 2 wire control mode 1: FWD and COM are closed,moter is
in forward run;REV and COM are closed,motor is in reverse run;FWD, REV
and COM are closed or opened together,the inverter stop.
(2) If any one or more terminal of X1, X2, X3 and COM are closed together, the
inverter will run according to multi-step speed frequency determined by X1,
X2, X3(multi-step speed frequency set value are determined by
F2.30-F2.44).Can realize manual control and automatic control for multiple
frequency, and also control for forward run, reverse run, free stop, reset,
warning protection.
Basic wiring diagram
3 phase breaker
3 phase 380V
50/60Hz
R
S
EDS1000
M
E
FWD
REV
multi-step speed control 1
COM
X1
multi-step speed control 2
X2
multi-step speed control 3
X3
free stop
reset
motor
W
T
forward run
reverse run
U
V
TA
TB
TC
L2
PLC run indicator light
Y1
24V
X4
X5
Failure warning light
L1
COM
Fig.10-3
119
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10.3.3
10 Examples
Realized function
(1) make use of external on-off quantum signal to control start/stop of the motor.
(2) make use of external on-off quantum signal to make the motor run at set
frequency.
(3) bear free stop and reset function by utilizing external on-off quantum signal.
(4) bear warning alarm and PLC run indication function.
10.3.4 Application field:
Applied in field where need frequent multi-speed adjustment to motor speed
such as toughened glass, weaving, paper making, chemical etc..
10.4
Closed-loop control system
10.4.1
Parameter setting
(1) Set parameter F8.01-F8.06 according to rated value of the motor.
(2) F3.00=1: setting channel selection,here PID closed loop run control is
effective.
(3) F3.01=1: setting channel selection,here choose VCI as provision channel of
PID adjustor.
(4) F3.02=1: feedback channel selection,here choose CCI as feedback channel,
4-20mA/0-10V feedback signal.
(5) F3.08-F3.11, set according to spot requirement.
10.4.2 Basic wiring diagram
3 phase breaker
3 phase
power supply
forward run
reverse run
R
S
T
motor
EDS1000
U
V
W
E
M
FWD
REV
TA failure warning light
L1
TB
COM
TC
L2
10V/5V
specified signal 10K
AO1
VCI
GND
4~2mA/0~10V
ammeter
GND
CCI
feedback signal
Fig.10-4
10.4.3
Realized function
(1) The inverter can adjust output automatically according to feedback signal
120
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
tomake constant voltage, constant temperature, constant current etc. available.
(2) can control start/stop of the motor from long distance.
(3) bear failure alarm and current indicator function.
10.4.4 Application field
Applied in field where need stable system, pressure, flux such as blower pump,
constant pressure water supply, air compressor, air conditioner, freezer cooling
tower, music fountain, heat supply etc..
10.5
Consecutive action running
10.5.1
Basic wiring diagram
3 phase
power supply
FWD run
command
10KΩ
QF
U
R
V
1#
S
W
T EDS1000 E
TA
FWD
TB
COM
TC
10V/5V
YCI
485+
GND
485-
QF
M
failure alarm light
L1
L2
U
R
2#
M
V
S
T EDS1000 W
E
TA failure alarm light
L1
TB
TC
L2
485+
485-
Fig.10-5
10.5.2
Parameter setting
set 1# inverter as follows:
(1) F0.00=6: YCI analog setting is frequency provision for 1# inverter.
(2) F0.02=1orF0.02=2: terminal run command control.
(3) F2.15=0:the 1#inverter will be setted as mainframe run.
set 2# inverter as follows:
(1) F0.00=3: serial port specified.
(2) F0.02=3or F0.02=4: serial port running command control.
(3) F2.15is setted between 1to 127,the 2#inverter will become the mainframe.
After above setting, can use serial communication of 1# inverter to
realizeconsecutive action of 2# inverter.
10.5.3 Operation description
After receive forward run command from external switch(closed) and
frequency specified value(0~10V)from analog input terminal YCI, 1# inverter run
at this frequency value. At the same time, already running state of 1# inverter,
make 2# inverter get forward run command through serial communication,here,
run frequency value from high-speed pulse output terminal of 1# inverter is
121
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
passed to 2# inverter through serial communication.
10.5.4 Application field
Applied in field such as conveyer belt, coiler, factory production line, food
chemistry etc.
10.6
Application to constant pressure water supply
10.6.1 Summary for constant pressure water supply board
This constant pressure water supply board (hearafter in 10.6 referenced as “the
board”) is constant pressure water supply controller for multiple pumps, and it has
to work with EDS1000 to control constant pressure water supply system for
multiple pumps effectively. This control system also has automatic control
function fixed inverter driving mode and board repetition driving mode.
No need for adjustor and controller which is necessary to original system. It is a
cheap system but has excellent function and reliable performance.It will make
working time of every pump equal by time switching function to restrain aging of
pump.
The board has eight node outputs, each of which can drive relay of AC250V. So
it is capable of driving 4 pumps at best.
10.6.2 Outer dimension
10.6.3 Connection between constant pressure water supply controller and
inverter
(1) Put outside
For inverter of 11KW below, put constant pressure water supply controller outside
the inverter. Constant pressure water supply controller is collected with the
inverter by cables, as shown in Fig.10-7:
122
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
ENC constant pressure water supply board
COM Y Z1 Z2 A B
+24V
X1 X2
B A
+24V
COM
Fig.10-7 connection between water supply controller and inverter
Explanation for terminals: A, B terminals of constant pressure water supply
board are for RS485 receving and sending, Z1 is over pressure signal output
terminal when pump increased, Z2 is pressure falling signal output terminal when
pump reduced, Y is fire fighting pump control signal input terminal, +24V, COM
are respectively power supply input terminal and grounding terminal of the board.
10.6.4 Constant pressure water supply control and its mode
(1) Variable frequency/ bypass run and switch
Variable frequency run means that the motor is controlled by inverter output
frequency. Bypass run means that the motor is connected to power source directly.
Variable frequency/ bypass switch means process from inverter drive to power
source drive or from power source drive to inverter drive.
(2) Operation mode
a. frequency conversion repetition mode
Inverter drives pump to run at variable frequencies, it can determine running
pump quantity (within set range) according to pressure closed loop control
requirement and only one pump can be drived by variable frequency at one
time.Repetition mode of pump drived by the inverter is as 1—2—3—4—1—2—3
— 4—1, first-on first-off principle obeyed when the system reduces pump
quantity.
b. frequency conversion fixed mode
The inverter drives one fixed pump, while at least one of the other three pumps
has to be selected. Pump adding is according to repetition mode while pump
reducing is according to the order of first-on first-off or first-on last-off.
c. shutdown mode
In the mode of a or b, all pumps stop running if the inverter is shutdown.
(3) Explanation for parameter selection of operation mode
a. frequency conversion repetition mode
123
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
If you would like to choose frequency conversion repetition mode, F3.31 must
be set to 0. The board control is ineffective if F3.20 is set to 0, while F3.20 is set
to other values the board will work according to description of the parameter.
b. frequency conversion fixed mode
If you would like to choose frequency conversion fixed mode, F3.31 must be
set to 1 or 2. The board control is ineffective if F3.20 is set to 0, while F3.20 is set
to other values the board will work according to description of the parameter.
(4) Automatic switch function
Automatic switch function is only effective in frequency conversion repetition
mode(F3.31 is 0). The system will switch automatically like pump adding when
switch time is up and pumps are in stable running state (no pump adding or
reducing). For example, before switch board driving mode is 2G—3G—4B while
it is 3G—4G—1B after switch. If drived pump quantity reaches the maximum,
automatic switch function is ineffective even though switch time is up.
10.6.5 Function parameter setting for constant pressure water supply
For details of function parameter for constant pressure water supply, please see
detailed description of F3 group (Closed-loop run control parameter group) in
Chapter 6. Please notice that accelerating or decelerating time can’t be longer than
switch judging time for pumps. After wire as the figure, F5.00 must be set to 33
(external interruption input) and F5.01 must be 20 (closed-loop ineffective) in
order to avoid water pressure fluctuation when pump adding or reducing. For
detailed parameter setting information, please see below table.
function
code
F0.08
name
Acce time 1
set range
Set according to actual
situation
F0.09
Dece time 1
Same as above
F0.10
Upper limit freq.
Same as above
Same as above
F0.11
Lower limit freq.
F3.16
The value of sleep frequency valve
Same as above
F3.17
The value of wake pressure valve
Same as above
F3.18
The time of delay sleeping time
Same as above
F3.19
The time of delay waking time
Same as above
Constant pressure
water supply mode 1
selection
0:inverter works in
one-drive-two water
supply mode
1:constant pressure
water supply board
acts in one-drive-two
mode
2:constant pressure
water supply board
acts in one-drive-three
F3.20
124
explanation
This parameter needs to work with F3.31
to make constant pressure water supply
control effective ( for details please see
description in 10.6.4)
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F3.21
F3.22
F3.23
F3.24
Long-distance pressure
meter range
Allowed offset for
upper limit frequency and lower limit
frequency when add or reduce pumps
Pump switch judging
time
Magnetic control
conductor switch
delay time
mode
3: constant pressure
water supply board
acts in one-drive-four
mode
Set according to actual
situation
Set according to actual
situation
Set according to actual
situation
Set according to actual
situation
This function will be ineffective if it is
Set according to actual
set to 0, please set according to actual
situation
situation
Set to 1 can see C11, C12 monitoring
1
given water pressure mode and feedback
pressure
0:frequency conversion
repetition mode,
first-on first-off
This parameter needs to work with F3.20
1: frequency conversion
to make constant pressure water supply
fixed mode, first-on
control effective ( for details please see
first-off
description in 10.6.4)
2: frequency conversion
fixed mode, first-on
last-off
This parameter must be set to 33:
33
external interruption input
F3.25
Automatic switch
intervel
F3.26
Water Monitor parameter display
F3.31
Constant pressure
water supply mode 2
selection
F5.00
Input terminal X1
function selection
F5.10
The output setting of output terminal
21
of open collector OC1
F5.11
F5.12
F5.13
10 Examples
The output setting of output terminal
21
of open collector OC2
The output setting of output terminal
21
of open collector OC3
The output setting of output terminal
21
of open collector OC4
This parameter is used when choose
inverter to supply water
Same as above
Same as above
Same as above
125
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
10.6.6 Setting steps and basic wiring diagram
(1) Setting steps
Start
Used as general inverter?
YES
NO
2pump, 3pump,
4pump constant pressure water
supply PID control?
YES
Water supply system
parameter setting
NO
General inverter
parameter setting
End
Fig. 10-9
126
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
10 Examples
(2) Basic wiring diagram
3 phase breaker
KM0
L1
L2
L3
N
inverter
3 phase breaker
2 phase breaker
KM1
Constant pressure
Water supply controller
KM2
1B
C1B
1G
C1G
2B
C2B
2G
C2G
3B
C3B
3G
C3G
4B
C4B
4G
C4G
KM0
KM1
KM2
KM3
KM4
KM5
KM6
KM7
M1-3
KM3
FR1
M2-3
KM4
FR2
M3-3
KM6
KM6
KM6
KM2
KM4
KM4
KM2 KM0 KM0 KM2 KM0 KM4
KM3
KM5
KM1
KM1 KM2 KM3 KM4 KM5
KM0
KM4
KM2
KM0 KM6
KM7
KM7
KM6
KM5
KM6
FR3
M4-3
FR1
FR2
FR3
FR4
KM7
FR4
Fig.10-10
basic wiring diagram for constant pressure
water supply controller
Description:
(1B,C1B), (1G,C1G), (2B,C2B), (2G,C2G), (3B,C3B), (3G,C3G), (4B,C4B),
(4G,C4G) denote respectively 2 terminals corresponding to control terminal“No.1
variable frequency”, “No.1 bypass”, “ No.2 variable frequency”, “ No.2 bypass”,
“ No.3 variable frequency”, “ No.3 bypass”, “ No.4 variable frequency”, “ No.4
bypass” on constant pressure water supply controller.
(1)
!
Should apply AC contactor with mechnical interlock between inverter output
andpower source bypass beside the motor, and perform logic interlock in electric
control loop to avoid short circuit between inverter output and power source which
will damage the inverter and interrelated device;
(2) Phase order of power source L1,L2,L3 connected with the motor should be the same
as that of inverter output U, V, W,please operate after confirm with phase order
table to avoid motor reverse run caused during converted frequency/ power source
switch.
(3) There should be over current protection device in power source bypass to the motor.
127
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11
11 Modbus communication protocol
Modbus communication protocol
11.1 Summarization
We provide general RS485 communication interface in our inverters (such as
EDS800 series, EDS1000 series and etc.) for the user. Through this
communication interface upper device (such as HMI, PC, PLC controller and etc.)
can perform centralized monitor to the inverter (such as to set inverter parameter,
control run of inverter, read work state of the inverter).
This communication protocol is interface criterion file designed for realizing
above-mentioned function, please read it earnestly and program according to it so
that realize long-distance and network control to the inverter.
11.2 Communication net buildup mode
mainframe is PC
or
mainframe is PLC
RS232
232-485 conversion
module
RS485
EDS1000
EDS1000
EDS800
EDS800
Fig.11-1 net buildup graph
11.3 Communication mode
At present, EDS1000 inverter can be used only as auxiliary device in RS485
net. Can realize communication between inverters through PC, PLC or HMI if it’s
needed. Specific communication mode is as mentioned below:
(1) PC or PLC as mainframe,inverter as auxiliary device, point-to-point
communication between mainframe and auxiliary device.
(2) Auxiliary device don’t response when mainframe send out command by
broadcast address.
(3) User can set local address, baud rate and data format of the inverter through
auxiliary device keypad or serial communication mode.
(4) EDS1000 provides optional RS485 interface.
(5) Default mode: Asynchronous serial,semiduplex transport mode. RTU mode.
Default format and transport rate: 8-N-1, 9600bps.
For specific parameter setting please see description for function code
F2.14~F2.17 as follows:
128
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
11.4 RTU Communication Mode:
11.4.1 Data frame format
Using RTU mode, messages are sent at least 3.5 character time interval pause.
The first transmitted field is device address, the character you can transfer is
hexadecimal 0x00 ~ 0xFF. Network equipment Continuously monitor the bus,
including pauses. When the address field is received, all equipment determine
whether it is sent to their own. when the last character of the packet transfer is
complete, at least a 3.5 character times pause mean the end of the message. A new
message can begin after this pause.
The entire message frame must be transmitted as a continuous flow. If a new
message start transmitting in less than 3.5 character times after a message and
then receiving device will consider it a continuation of the previous message. This
will cause an error, because in the final CRC field value can not be right.
RTU frame format as the talbe below:
Frame Header
3.5 characters time pause
Slave address
Slave value:1~127
03H:read slave parameter
06H:write slave parameter
The contents of packet:
Parameter address(16bit);
Number of parameter or bytes of parameter
value;
Parameter value(16bit)
Communication command code
Data content DATA
Data content DATA
……
……
CRC check value low byte
CRC check value high byte
Closing Flag
16bit Unsigned check value
3.5 characters time pause
Regarding generation method of CRC check value, please refer to part 11.8
for check method.
11.4.2 Host read slave parameter
Command code 03H. Host can read or one or more parameter( up to ten) by
initiating a communication transaction .
E.g., read 2 contiguous inverter parameter values from the address 0000H of
inverter whoes address is 01, the contents of host command :
ADR
CMD
Parameters initial address high byte
Parameters initial address low byte
Number of parameter high byte
Number of parameter low byte
CRC check value low byte
CRC check value high byte
01H
03H
00H
00H
00H
02H
Be calculated
Be calculated
129
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
The contents of slave reply:
ADR
CMD
Parameter value bytes
Address 0000H content high byte
Address 0000H content low byte
Address 0001H content high byte
Address 0001H content low byte
CRC check value low byte
CRC check value high byte
01H
03H
04H
00H
01H
13H
88H
Be calculated
Be calculated
11.4.3 Host write slave parameter
Command code 06H. Host can write an parameter by initiating a
communication transaction .
E.g.,The decimal system 5000 (1388H) written to the inverter 0001H address
whose slave address is 02,host command including:
ADR
CMD
Parameter address high byte
Parameter address low byte
Parameter value high byte
Parameter value low byte
CRC check value low byte
CRC check value high byte
02H
06H
00H
01H
13H
88H
Be calculated
Be calculated
The contents of slave reply:
ADR
CMD
Parameter address high byte
Parameter address low byte
Address 0903H content high byte
Address 0903H content low byte
CRC check value low byte
CRC check value high byte
02H
06H
00H
01H
13H
88H
Be calculated
Be calculated
11.5 Data communication address allocation
11.5.1 Function code Fd-F0 group communication address
Inverter function parameter’s MODBUS communication address addressing
process follows PPnn way: PP means high byte of the address, corresponding to
function parameter’s group number; nn means low byte of the address,
corresponding to function code parameter’s group internal code. For example:
F3.21 function code’s communication address is 0315H, 03H is the hex form of
group number 3, 15H is the hex form of grop internal code 21.
130
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
F0.00~F9.11 communication address is 0000H~090BH, Fd group fault record
parameter start address is 0D00H.
11.5.2 control command and status word communication address
Variable Name
Communication
address
Reading-writing
attribute
Command data or
response value meaning
1: inching run
2: inching stop
3: forward inching run
4: reversal inching run
run command
word
2000H
Writing only
5: run
6: stop
7: forward run
8: reversal run
9: fault reset
10: emergency stop
Serial port
frequency provision
User password
verification
2002H
Reading and
writing
Writing only
Inverter status
2100H
Reading only
Alarm code
2180H
Reading only
2001H
Lower frequency~upper
frequency
0~9999
Input user password
through communication
port, If it responds on
intact request packet
contents, then password
verified.
When the password isn’t
matching with FF.00,
then report “parameter
protected by password”
error.
1: forwarder running
2: reversal running
3: stop
4: alarm status
0: without alarm
1~23:mean E001~E023
alarm
11.5.3 Monitor parameter communication address
Monitor parameter
Name
Communication address (read)
C-00
Set frequency
1000H
C-01
Output frequency
1001H
C-02
Output current
1002H
C-03
Output voltage
1003H
C-04
DC bus-bar vlotage
1004H
C-05
Load motor speed
1005H
C-06
module temperature.
1006H
131
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
C-07
Power on running time
C-08
Accumulative running time
1007H
1008H
C-09
Input terminal status
1009H
C-10
Output terminal status
100AH
C-11
Analog input VCI value
100BH
C-12
Analog input CCI value
100CH
C-13
Analog input YCI value
100DH
C-14
External impulse frequency
100EH
11.6 Communication error processing
Inverter receiving data packet detection error, it finds reading&writing
parameter address or parameter value invalid, so reply to the host with
communication error response packet. Communication error response packet (host
command code +80H) as command code, with 1 byte error code.
Format for communication error response packet as follows:
ADR
01H
CMD
83H/86H
Communication error code
01H~06H (for details, please check below
table)
Low byte of CRC checksum
Obtain by calculating
High byte of CRC checksum
Obtain by calculating
Meaning for each communication error code value as follows:
Communication error code value
Type of communication error
0x01
CRC checksum error
0x02
Command code illegal
0x03
Register address visited illegal
0x04
Value to register illegal
0x05
Not allow to modify parameters
0x06
Register number read illegal
0x07
Parameter protected by password
0x09
User password verification error
132
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
11.7 Data frames examples
11.7.1 Start 1# inverter running
Auxiliary
Inverter
Address
Order code
Register
address
High byte
Register
address
Low byte
Data
High byte
Data
Low byte
CRC
Low bit
CRC
high bit
Data Field
host
command
frames
Auxiliary
respond
frames
01
06
20
00
00
05
42
09
01
06
20
00
00
05
42
09
11.7.2 Stop 1# inverter running
Auxiliary
Inverter
Address
Order code
Register
address
High byte
Register
address
Low byte
Data
High byte
Data
Low byte
CRC
Low bit
CRC
high bit
Data Field
host
command
frames
Auxiliary
respond
frames
01
06
20
00
00
06
02
08
01
06
20
00
00
06
02
08
11.7.3 Set 1# inverter given value to 50Hz
Auxiliary
Inverter
Address
Order code
Register
address
High byte
Register
address
Low byte
Data
High byte
Data
Low byte
CRC
Low bit
CRC
high bit
Data Field
host
command
frames
Auxiliary
respond
frames
01
06
20
01
13
88
DE
9C
01
06
20
01
13
88
DE
9C
11.7.4 Read 1# inverter running state
03
CRC
high bit
01
CRC
Low bit
21
Data
Low byte
Register
address
High byte
03
Data
High byte
Order code
01
Register
address
Low byte
Auxiliary
Inverter
Address
Data Field
host
command
frames
Auxiliary
respond
frames
00
00
01
8E
36
00
00
B8
44
(Respond value
byte count ) 02
133
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
11 Modbus communication protocol
11.8 CRC checksum mode
CRC checksum value calculating function written by C language is as
follows:
unsigned int cal_crc_value (unsigned char *pval, unsigned char len)
{
unsigned int crc_value=0xFFFF;
unsigned int i;
while(len--)
{
crc_value ^= *pval++;
for(i=0; i<8; i++)
{
if(crc_value & 0x0001)
{
crc_value >>= 1;
crc_value ^= 0xA001;
}
else
{
crc_value >>= 1;
}
}
}
return(crc_value);
}
134
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
Appendix 1 EDS1100 drawing machine inverter manual
1.1 Drawing machine schematic diagram
Drawing machine with retracting and releasing volume diagram shows as
Diagram 1-1(a)
(b)shows. It is made up of host, tensile modulus, tension balance
bar, wire-retracting machine and cable machine.
N1
Ni+1
Ni
N2
GND
CCI
IM
+10V
EDS1100
VVVF
EDS1000
VVVF
(a)
N1
Ni
N2
Ni+1
IM
+10V
CCI
EDS1000
VVVF
GND
EDS1100
VVVF
(b)
Diagram 1-1 Drawing machine with retracting and releasing volume diagram
135
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
2.1 Working Theory
2.1.1 Working Theory
To ensure the drawing machine keep constant tension in the process of
receiving and releasing line and continue to line up line synchronously, especially
for Micro-pulling machine, we generally take frequency output voltage signal of
host as analog input voltage signal of wire retracting machine. The output
frequency of wire retracting machine should be reduced gradually so as to make
retracting and releasing wire in the same step with the increasing of wire
retracting machine volume diameter, and the output frequency of wire-retracting
machine is inversely proportional to volume diameter.
If we set the liner speed of retractable wire and releasable wire as V, and
following:
V=i*ω*R=2πF*R=π*i*F*D
F=i*V/π*D
F refers to output frequency of wire retracting machine,
i refers to machinery rotation ratio of retractable wire and releasable wire,
V refers to liner speed of host, which is proportional to the output frequency of
host. F is inversely proportional to the volume diameter of wire-retracting drum
which indicated as D.
The output frequency of EDS1100 Series inverter is:
F=i*V/π*D+K2*UPID
We define K1=i/π*D,which called coil coefficient.
D0 means empty diameter of wire-retracting coil, when the coil diameter
restores, K1 there means empty path coefficients.K1 is F2.22 and K2 is F2.23.
2.1.2 Working requirements
(1) Jog lead wire must be independent
(2) Host operates with slow acceleration and deceleration
(3) Smoothly start up with continuous line
(4) Steady operation with small swing
(5) Synchronous machine stop without hitting limit down.
2.1.3 Feedback polarity detection
After EDS1100 inverter connects with tension balance bar voltage feedback as
diagram 1-1 shows, then move tension balance bar as it swings when
wire-retracting machine retracts wire. In the mean while, you should monitor PID
feedback voltage C.12 (to revise F3.28=12, so the panel monitor parameter is PID
feedback voltage), the value should change from low to high, generally change in
the range of 0.00V~10.00V or 2.00V~8.00V. If the value is not in this range, the
136
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
position of tension potentiometer should be changed to make the central point as
about 5.00V.This tension potentiometer should be the high-accuracy one with
360°.
2.1.4 Jog lead wire
The frequency of host jog lead wire and time of acceleration and deceleration
are independent from the ones at normal work. Jog frequency is multi-section
speed 2(F2.06)generally at about 6.0Hz. Jog acceleration and deceleration time
(F2.07 and F2.08)is generally about 10.0S.
2.1.5 Maximum frequency
As the frequency output of host is provision linear speed of retractable and
releasable wire, in order to ensure the liner relation between host frequency and
wire-retracting machine frequency, we have to equate the maximum frequency
between them. The high limit frequency of wire-retracting machine is just the
maximum frequency of itself.
Maximum working frequency of host is decided by the maximum liner speed of
drawing machine. Assuming we indicate the output frequency of host with highest
linear speed as F0 and ratio between full-diameter and empty-diameter of
wire-retracting machine as N=D1/D0 (N is generally 1.2~1.8). Mechanical
transmission ratio between wire-retracting machine and host is i (i is usually about
1).Then the following:
FN/FF=N
FN indicates output frequency of wire retracting machine empty- diameter
FF indicates output frequency of wire retracting machine full-diameter.
(FN+ FF)/2=i*F0
FN=N/(N+1)*2*i*F0
Maximum frequency of host and wire retracting machine is:
FMAX=MAX(FN,F0)
Suppose we set i=1,N=1.8,F0=70.0Hz,we can get FN=90.0Hz,FF=50.0Hz.
So the maximum frequency of host FMAX=90.0Hz, and the upper limit
frequency F0=70.0Hz.
And the maximum frequency of wire receiving machine FMAX=90.0Hz, and
The upper limit frequency FMAX=90.0Hz.
2.1.6 Smoothly start up for wire retracting machine
The wire retracting machine is generally in the machinery low limit position,
while not in zero position of tension sway bar. The PID adjustment makes a
certain amount provision input frequency for wire receiving machine when host
frequency is at 0Hz, which will cause impact when wire retracting machine starts
up if haven’t made any relevant disposal, as to fine-drawing machine and
137
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
micro-puling machine, the impact will lead to wire disconnection. Therefore, the
smoothly start-up disposal is needed. The method is as follows:
Start up acceleration deceleration time (acceleration deceleration time2)and
smoothly switch to normal work acceleration deceleration time (acceleration
deceleration time 1). Start up acceleration deceleration time is:
TUP= TUP4 -(TUP2-TUP1)*t/F2.39
TDN= TDN4 -(TDN2-TDN1)*t/F2.39 The Unit of F2.39 is millisecond(MS)
To fine-drawing machine and micro-puling machine:
F2.39=10000ms=10.000s,TUP2=150.0s,TDN2=150.0s,TUP1=2.0s,TDN1=2.0s.
To big and medium type drawing machine, we can reduce smoothly start-up
time of wire retracting machine:
F2.39=2000ms=2.000s,TUP2=150.0s,TDN2 =150.0s,TUP1=2.0s,TDN1 =2.0s.
2.1.7 Volume diameter automatically calculate time interval
Along with the growth of wire retracting volume diameter, the output frequency
of its needs to be constantly reduced. EDS1100 Series inverter has special volume
calculation function interiorly, it can calculate present volume diameter
dynamically in real time, in order to reach the best wire retracting effect. The time
interval of automatically calculation is F2.21,and the unit is MS.(millisecond)
To ensure the accuracy of volume diameter calculation and the stability of wire
retracting machine sway bar, we usually set:
F2.21=200~3200ms=0.200~3.200s
2.1.8 Dead zone range when automatically volume calculation
To insure the steady running of wire receiving machine near sway bar zero
position and avoid the influence to sway bar amplitude caused by volume
diameter automatically calculation,EDS1100 Series inverter set a certain dead
zone which near sway bar zero position, and this result in automatically stopping
volume diameter calculation in dead zone. The range of dead zone is:
F2.34=0.00~2.00V.
2.1.9 Automatically volume diameter calculation
When tension balance bar deviates central position, there should be some error
between volume diameter calculation result and its actual value, which needs to
calculate volume diameter. And different balance bar positions adopt different
calculation methods.
0.00V~F2.34: volume diameter calculation 0=dead zone
F2.34~F2.36:volume diameter calculation 1
F2.35~F2.37:volume diameter calculation 2
F2.36~F2.38:volume diameter calculation 3
F2.37~10.0V:volume diameter calculation 4
138
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
2.1.10 Volume diameter reset
When with empty diameter, the output frequency of wire retracting machine
indicates as FN. And when with full diameter, the output frequency of wire
retracting machine indicates as FF.
The output frequency with full diameter and empty diameter of wire retracting
machine is different greatly, in order to make the liner speed of wire retracting
machine and host in the same step as soon as possible, the volume diameter reset
is needed when wire retracting machine changes volume. And the external
terminal X6 should set as 39, this terminal is defined volume reset terminal with
EDS1100 Series inverter.
2.1.11 Drawing machine tension control
F3.00=1,EDS1100 Series inverter is drawing machine tension control mode.
2.1.12 Control wiring
(1) Connect Jog switch with host X2(defined as jog).
(2) Connect external terminal start-up switch with host FWD terminal.
(3)Connect pull wire speed potentiometer with host machine+10V、VCI and
GND.
(4) Connect host analog output A02 terminal and GND terminal with VCI
terminal and GND terminal of wire retracting machine.
(5) Connect tension bar potentiometer with +10V, CCI and GND terminals of
EDS1100 Series inverter.
(6) Other relative control signal.
3.1 EDS1100 Series inverter model No. and specification
EDS1100 Series inverter rated input power: 3 phase AC 380V;
Adaptable electric motor power range is 0.75~37kW;
Max.output voltage is the same as input voltage .
EDS1100 Series inverter model No. and rated output current show as attached
list 1-1:
Attached list 1-1 EDS1100 Series drawing machine inverter model No.
Model No.
Adaptable Motor
Rated power(kW)
Adaptable Motor
Rated voltage(V)
EDS1100-4T0007
0.75
2.3
EDS1100-4T0015
1.5
3.7
EDS1100-4T0022
2.2
EDS1100-4T0037
3.7
8.5
EDS1100-4T0055
5.5
13
3 Phase AC 380V
Rated output
current (A)
5.0
139
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
EDS1100-4T0075
7.5
17
EDS1100-4T0110
11
25
EDS1100-4T0150
15
33
EDS1100-4T0185
18.5
39
EDS1100-4T0220
22
45
EDS1100-4T0300
30
60
EDS1100-4T0370
37
75
Remark: The external brake resistance must be configured when drawing
machine inverter matches wire retracting motor. The reason is that inverter need to
be provided bigger start-up and brake current and it brings out higher DC bus
voltage when it accelerates and decelerates in short period. Technique index and
spe.of EDS1100 Series inverter indicated as attached list 1-2.
Attached list1-2 EDS1100 Series inverter technique index and spec.
Item
Output
Power input
Item description
Voltage
400V grade:0~380V; 200V grade:0~220V
Frequency
0Hz-400Hz
Over loading capacity
150%of rated current for 1 minute,200% rated current for 0.5
second.
Rated volt.& freq.
3 phase 380V,50Hz/60Hz; single phase 220V,50Hz/60Hz.
3 phase voltage: 320V~460V
Allowed work volt.range
single phase voltage: 200V~260V
Speed sensorless closed-loop slip vector control, open loop
Control mode
V/F control
Speed regulation range
1:100
Start-up torque
Running speed
state precision
150% of rated torque at 1 HZ frequency
stable
Frequency precision
≤±0.5% rated synchronous speed
Digital setting:max.frequency×±0.01%
Analog setting:max.frequency×±0.2%
Torque boost
Automatic torque boost, manual torque boost0.1%~20.0%
Control
Set rated frequency randomly at range of 5~400Hz,can
performance V/F
Curve
(volt.
choose constant torque, degressive torque1, degressive torque
frequency characteristic)
2, degressive torque 3, in total 4 kinds of curve.
2 modes:Straight line accelerating decelerating and S curve
Acceleration and
accelerating decelerating; 7 kinds of accelerating decelerating
deceleration curve
time( unit:minute(minute/second can be optioned) ,max.time
6000 minute.
Power
consumption Interior or external brake resistance
Brake brake
Optional start-up and stop,action frequency 0~15Hz,action
DC brake
volt.0~15%,action time0~20.0 second
140
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Input order signal
Standard function
Jog
Multi-section speed
running
interior PID controller
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
Host linear speed input、PID signal control
Interior PID controller: Keep constant tension of wire
retracting and releasing .
Volume
diameter
automatically
calculate:
keep
synchronous wire retracting liner speed with host.
Indentify volume diameter initial value automatically: To
identify volume diameter initial value with the fastest speed,
and also limiting amplitude of instant and synchronous wire
retracting and releasing, speed out of control because of over
voltage, electronic heat overload relay, torque boost, rotary
speed trace, DC brake, restriction of high and low limit for
frequency, offset frequency, frequency gain, adjustment of
carrier frequency, automatically carrier noise adjustment,
analog output, motor parameter automatically identification,
RS-485 computer interface and LCD Chinese and English
selection.
Jog frequency range:0.50Hz~50.00Hz;
Jog acceleration deceleration time 0.1~60.0s can be set
Realized by interior PLC or control terminal
Be convenient to make closed-loop system
Automatic energy saving
running
Automatic volt.
regulation (AVR)
Optimize V/F curve automatically based on the load to realize
power saving running
Can keep constant output volt., when power source voltage
varies.
Limit running current automatically to avoid frequent
Automatic current limit
over-current which will cause trip.
Over-current protection, Over-voltage protection、lack-voltage
Protection function
protection, over-heat protection, over-load protection,
lack-phase protection(can be chose), etc.
Pulse square wave signal output of 0~20KHZ, can realize
Pulse output channel
output of physical parameter such as setting frequency, output
frequency ,etc.
2 channel of analog, thereinto AO1channel can be 4~20mA or
0~10V, and AO2channel is 0~10V; through them the inverter
Analog output channel
can realize output of physical parameter such as setting
frequency, output frequency etc.
Running order specified Operation keyboard provision, control terminal provision,
channel
serial port provision.
Digital provision, analog provision, pulse provision, serial
Running
frequency
port provision, combined provision, can be switched at any
specified channel
time by kinds of method.
Can display setting frequency, output frequency, output
Operation LED display
voltage, output current,etc.In total 20kinds of parameter.
keyboard
Lock all or part of the buttons(analog potentiometer can’t be
Lock the button
locked)
Indoor , not bear sunlight, no dust, no corrosive gas,no
Use site
flammable gas, no oil fog, no vapor, no water drop or
salt,etc.
Lower than 1000m.
Use ambient Altitude
-10ºC~+40ºC(under ambient temperature
Ambient temperature
40ºC~50ºC,please reduce the volume or strengthen heat sink)
Ambient humidity
Smaller than 95%RH, no condensation water
141
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
Vibration
Smaller than 5.9m/s2(0.6g)
Storage tempera ion
-40ºC~+70ºC
Defending grade
IP20
Cooling mode
Compel wind cooling,By fan with automatic temperature
control
Mounting mode
Wall hanging
4.1 Function code schedule graph
4.1.1 Function code schedule graph especially for drawing machine
Telecommunication serial No. is the function code address when computer
communicates.
F0-Basic run function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Parameter setting
0:keyboard analog potentiometer setting
1:operation keyboard digital setting
2:terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting frequency(stored
after power off)
3:Serial port setting
4:VCI analog setting(VCI-GND)
5:CCI analog setting(CCI-GND)
6:YCI analog setting(YCI-GND)
7:terminal pulse(PULSE)frequency setting
8:combination setting
9 : terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting frequency(not
stored after power off)
0:operation keyboard run control
1:terminal run command control(keypad STOP
command ineffective )
2:terminal run command control(keypad STOP
command effective )
3:serial port run command control ((keypad STOP
command ineffective)
4:serial port run command control ((keypad STOP
command effective)
F0.00
Frequency input
channel selection
F0.02
Run command
channel selection
F0.03
Run direction
setting
Unit’s digit:0:forward run, 1:reverse run
Tens place:0:reverse run allowed
1:reverse run banned
F0.08
Acce. time 1
F0.09
Dece. time 1
F0.10
Upper limit freq.
F0.14
Torque boost
142
Unit
Factory Modificati
default
on
1
0
〇
1
0
〇
1
00
○
0.1-6000.0
0.1
20.0
○
0.1-6000.0
0.1
20.0
○
Lower limit freq.-400.00Hz
0.01Hz
50.00Hz
×
0.0-20.0(%)
0.1(%)
2.0(%)
○
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
F1-Start-up, stop, brake function parameter group
Function
code
F1.05
F1.06
F1.07
F1.08
Name
Set range
Unit
0:Deceleration stop
1:free stop
2:Deceleration+DC brake stop
Stop mode
DC brake initiative freq.
0.0-15.00Hz
when stop running
DC brake time when stop
0.0-20.0s
running
DC brake voltage when stop
0-15(%)
running
Factory Modificat
default
ion
1
0
×
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
○
0.1s
0.0s
○
1
0
○
F2-Auxiliary run function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
F2.00
Analog filter time constant
0.00-30.00s
F2.06
Jog run frequency
0.10-50.00Hz
F2.07
Jog acceleration time
F2.08
Jog deceleration time
F2.18
F2.19
F2.21
F2.22
F2.23
Acce.time2(Smoothly start-up
Acce.time)
Dece.time 2(Smoothly start-up
Dece.time)
Interval time 1 of retracting volume
diameter calculation
Unit
Factory Modific
default
ation
0.01s
0.20s
○
0.01Hz
5.00Hz
○
0.1-60.0s
0.1s
20.0s
○
0.1-60.0s
0.1s
20.0s
○
0.1-6000.0
0.1
20.0
○
0.1-6000.0
0.1
20.0
○
0~500ms
1ms
300ms
○
Empty diameter gain(retracting and
releasing gain)
0.0~800.0%
0.1%
40.0
○
PID adjustor gain
0.0~800.0%
0.0%
30.0
○
Start-up volume diameter calculation
gain selection
Start-up volume diameter calculation
gain( volume diameter calculation gain
4)
0:F2.25
1:F2.26
1
0
○
0.0~20.0%
0.1%
0.8
○
F2.26
Volume diameter calculation gain 3
0.0~20.0%
0.1%
0.4
○
F2.27
Volume diameter calculation gain 2
0.0~20.0%
0.1%
0.0
○
F2.28
Volume diameter calculation gain 1
0.0~20.0%
0.1%
0.0
○
F2.29
Upper
0.0~200.0%
0.1%
100.0
○
1
1
○
1
0
○
1
0
○
1
800
○
0.01V
0.10
○
F2.24
F2.25
F2.30
F2.31
F2.32
F2.33
F2.34
limit of retracting volume gain
Start-up retracting and releasing gain
control
Retracting and releasing speed gain +/control
Retracting and releasing recombination
control
Interval time 0 of retracting volume
diameter calculation
Dead zone of of retracting volume
diameter calculation
0:calculation
1:with out change
0:0~F2.30
1:-F2.30~F2.30
0:externally input
1:interiorly input
0~500ms
0.01~1.00V
143
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
F2.35
Range 1 of retracting volume diameter
calculation
F2.34~F2.36
1
0.70
○
F2.36
Range 2 of retracting volume diameter
F2.35~F2.37
0.01V
1.20
○
F2.37
Range 3 of retracting volume diameter
F2.36~F2.38
1
1.70
○
F2.38
Range 4 of retracting volume diameter
F2.37~5.00V
0.01V
2.20
○
F2.39
Smoothly start-up time
100~1500ms
1
2000
○
1
1
○
1
1
○
1
0
○
1
1
○
1
5000
○
F2.42
Volume diameter reset control
F2.43
Wire disconnecting and delay PID
control
0:K2=F2.39
1:T<F2.39 K2=0
T>F2.39 K2=T/F2.44*F2.39
0:PID
1:PD
0:Stop with automatically reset
1:X6 terminal manual reset
0:PID
1:PD
F2.44
Time of wire disconnecting delay
0~32000Vms
F2.40
Start-up PID gain control
F2.41
Smoothly start-up PID selection
F3-Closed-loop run function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Closed-loop run control
selection
F3.00
Set range
0:closed-loop run control ineffective
1:PI closed-loop run control effective
2:reserved
3:Special for drawing machine ――VCI
provision,
VCI ordinary PID closed-loop effective
4:Special for drawing machine――VCI
provision,VCI+PID closed-loop effective
5:Special for drawing machine――VCI
provision, feed forward control VCI+
PID closed-loop effective
Unit
Factory
default
Modificat
ion
1
0
×
F3.08
Proportion gain KP
0.000-9.999
0.001
0.250
○
F3.09
Integral gain KI
0.000-9.999
0.001
0.010
○
F3.12
Deviation margin
0.0-20.0(%) percentage relative to max.value
0.1(%)
of closed-loop provision
1.0(%)
○
F3.20
PID proportion gain2
0.000~9.999
0.001
0.300
×
F3.21
PID integral gain 2
0.000~9.999
0.001
0.000
○
ID Automatically
parameter adjustment basis
0:Only use the first PID parameter
1:Automatic adjustment base on volume
diameter(that is to select from two group
of PID parameters according to the place
of tension bar )
1
1
○
F3.22
144
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F3.30
Failure relay
TA,TB,TC
function selection
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
0:inverter running(RUN)
1:frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2:frequency level detecting signal(FDT1)
3:reserved
4:Over load warning alarm signal(OL)
5:Output frequency reach high limit
(FHL)
6:Output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
7:inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8:external failure stop running (EXT)
9: inverter zero speed running
10:PLC running
11:simple PLC section running finished
12:PLC finish a cycle running
13:reserved
14:inverter ready to run (RDY)
15:inverter malfunction
16:Swing frequency high and low limit
restriction
17:interior counter reach final value
18:interior counter reach specified value
19:set run time arriving
20:interior timing arriving
21:reserved
22:reserved
23:reserved
24:reserved
15
○
Unit
Factory
default
Modifica
tion
1
0
×
F5-Terminal correlative function parameter group
Function
code
F5.00
F5.01
F5.02
Name
Set range
31:Run command channel selection 3
32:Swing frequency jump-in
33:External interruption input
34: Interior counter reset end
35:Interior counter triggering end
36:Interior timer reset end
Input terminal X1 function
37:Interior timer triggering end
selection
38:Pulse frequency input(Only effective for
X7,X8)
39:Reserved
40:Reserved
41:Reserved
42:Reserved
Input terminal X2 function
Same as above
selection
Input terminal X3 function
selection
Same as above
145
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F5.10
F5.15
F5.16
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
0:inverter running (RUN)
1:frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2:frequency level detect signal(FDT1)
3:Reserved
4:Over load warning alarm signal(OL)
5:Output frequency reach high limit(FHL)
6:Output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
7:inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8:external failure stop running (EXT)
9:inverter zero speed running
10:PLC running
11:simple PLC section running finished
12:PLC finish a cycle running
13:Reserved
14:inverter ready to run (RDY)
Open circuit electric collector 15:inverter malfunction
output terminal OC1 output 16 : Swing frequency high and low limit
setting
restriction
17:interior counter reach final value
18:interior counter reach specified value
19:set run time arriving
20:interior timing arriving
21:OC1- the first pump of variable frequency
OC2- the first pump of bypass
frequency
OC3- the second pump of variable
frequency
OC4- the second pump of bypass
frequency
22:Reserved
23:Reserved
24:Reserved
FDT1(frequency level)
electric level
FDT1 lag
Analog output (AO1)selection
F5.17
0.00-Upper limit frequency
0.01Hz
10.00Hz
○
0.00-50.00Hz
0.01Hz
0:output frequency (0-high limit frequency)
1:set frequency (0-high limit frequency)
2:output current (0-2×rated current )
3:output voltage (0-1.2×load motor rated
voltage)
4:Busbar voltage (0-800V)
1
5:PID provision (0.00-10.00V)
6:PID feedback (0.00-10.00V)
7:Reserved
8:Reserved
9:Reserved
1.00Hz
○
0
○
F5.18
Analog (AO1)gain
0.50-2.00
0.01
1.00
○
F5.19
F5.20
F5.21
F5.22
Analog output (AO1) offset
Analog output (AO2) selection
Analog output (AO2) gain
Analog output (AO2) offset
0.00-10.00V
Same as F5.17
0.50-2.00
0.00-10.00V
0.01
1
0.01
0.01
0.00
0
1.00
0.00
○
○
○
○
146
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
F7-Frequency provision function parameter group
Function
code
F7.03
Name
VCI max.provision
corresponding frequency
Set range
0.00-high limit frequency
Unit
0.01 Hz
Factory Modifica
default
tion
50.00Hz
○
5.1.1 Wiring of host and wire retracting machine
Connect host inverter freq.output signal (AO2 terminal of EDS1100 series
inverter) with VCI and GND terminals of EDS1100 Series inverter. The frequency
output signal of host inverter is used as main synchronous signal of host and wire
retracting machine and EDS1100 series inverter interior PID control as auxiliary
synchronous adjustment signal, so as to insure constant wire retracting and
releasing tension.

Potentiometer liner speed of host provision

Host button start-up

Host button stop

Host jog empty mould lead wire

Host speed express to slave machine with forward input

Host frequency start up slave machine horizontally

Slave machine tension potentiometer feedback

Slave frequency start up cable machine horizontally

Slave machine wire disconnecting input

Slave machine volume diameter reset

Slave machine swift brake resistance

Urgent stop by using urgent button

Host and slave machine inverter malfunction stop

Host and slave machine inverter malfunction reset
Note:Ansprechstrom current of intermediate relay KA6、KA8 should not more
than 30mA,otherwise, please use external power.
147
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
5.1.2 Wiring for wire retracting machine feedback
Connect 3 ends for tension balance bar potentiometer with +10V、CCI and
GND terminals of EDS1100 series drawing machine inverter, so as to insure the
minimum resistance between CCI and GND terminals when balance bar in the
low limit position, and the maximum resistance when balance bar in the high limit
position.
5.1.3 Wiring for brake resistance
EDS1100 Series drawing machine inverter need to accelerate and decelerate in
short period to ensure constant wire-retracting and releasing tension. Inverter’s
DC busbar voltage will rise when it decelerates with high speed, so we need
connect brake resistance externally in order to ensure normal work of inverter. We
connect brake resistance with P+、PB terminals of EDS1100 series inverter.
148
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
6.1 Parameters setting reference of big and medium type drawing
machine
6.1.1 Host parameters of big and medium drawing machine (EDS1000
Series)
Function Code
Function Name
Factory Value
Setting
F0.00
Frequency input channel selection
1
4
F0.02
Run command channel selection
0
1
F0.08
Acceleration
time 1
20.0
40.0-60.0
F0.09
Deceleration
time 1
20.0
40.0-60.0
F0.10
Upper limit Frequency
50.00Hz
80.00
F0.14
Torque boost
F2.06
Jog run frequency
F2.07
F2.08
F3.30
0.5
1.0
5.00Hz
6.00
Jog acceleration time
20.0s
6.0
Jog deceleration time
20.0s
6.0
Failure relayTA,TB, TCfunction selection
15
15
F5.00
Input terminal X1 function selection
0
11
F5.01
Input terminal X2 function selection
0
5
F5.02
Input terminal X3 function selection
0
12
F5.10
Open circuit collector output terminal OCI
Output setting
0
2
F5.15
FDT1(frequency level)electric level
10.00Hz
4.00
F5.16
FDT1 lag
1.00Hz
0.01
F5.17
Analog output (AO1)selection
F5.18
0
0
Analog output (AO1)gain
1.00
1.00
F5.19
Analog output (AO1)offset
0.00
0.00
F5.20
Analog output (AO2) selection
F5.21
Analog output (AO2) gain
F5.22
Analog output (AO2) offset
0.00
0.00
F7.03
VCI max. provision corresponding freq.
50.00
80.00
0
0
1.00
1.00
6.1.2 Wire receiving machine parameters of big and medium drawing
machine (EDS1000 Series)
Function Code
Function Name
F0.02
Run command channel selection
F0.03
Factory Value
Setting
0
1
Run direction setting
000
010
F0.08
Acceleration
time 1
20.0
2.0
F0.09
Deceleration
time 1
20.0
2.0
F0.10
Upper limit Frequency
50.00Hz
75.00
F1.05
Stop mode
0
2
F1.06
DC brake initiative freq. when stop running
0.00
2.60
F1.07
DC brake time when stop running
0.0
1.5
149
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F1.08
DC brake voltage when stop running
0
6
F2.00
Analog filter time constant
0.20s
0.03
F2.18
Acce. time 2(when start up smoothly )
20.0
150.0
F2.19
Dece. time 2(when start up smoothly )
20.0
150.0
F2.21
Interval time 1of retracting volume diameter
calculation
500ms
300
F2.22
Empty diameter gain(retracting and releasing gain)
100.0
40.0
F2.23
PID adjustor gain
30.0
30.0
F2.24
Start-up volume diameter calculation gain selection
0
0
F2.25
Start-up volume diameter calculation gain(volume
diameter calculation gain 4)
2.0
1.0
F2.26
Volume diameter calculation gain 3
0.4
0.4
F2.27
Volume diameter calculation gain 2
0.0
0.0
F2.28
Volume diameter calculation gain 1
0.0
0.0
F2.29
High limit of retracting volume gain
200.0
100.0
F2.30
Start-up retracting and releasing gain control
1
1
F2.31
Retracting and releasing speed gain +/- control
0
0
F2.32
Retracting and releasing recombination control
0
0
800
800
F2.33
F2.34
150
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
Interval time 0of retracting volume diameter
calculation
Dead zone of retracting volume diameter
calculation
0.10
0.10
F2.35
Range 1of retracting volume diameter calculation
0.70
0.70
F2.36
Range 2 of retracting volume diameter calculation
1.20
1.20
F2.37
Range 3 of retracting volume diameter calculation
1.70
1.70
F2.38
Range 4 of retracting volume diameter calculation
2.20
2.20
F2.39
Time of starting up smoothly
2000
2000
F2.40
Start up PID again control
1
1
F2.41
Start up PID smoothly selection
1
1
F2.42
Volume reset control
0
0
F2.43
Wire disconnecting delay PID control
F2.44
Time of wire disconnecting delay
F3.00
Closed-loop run
F3.08
proportion gain KP
F3.09
F3.12
F3.20
1
1
5000
5000
0
1
0.250
0.800
KI Integral gain KI
0.010
0.010
Deviation margin
1.0(%)
1.0
PID proportion gain 2
0.300
1.000
F3.21
PID Integral gain 2
0.000
0.000
F3.22
PID parameter self adjustment basis
1
1
F3.30
Failure relayTA,TB, TCfunction selection
15
15
F5.01
Input terminal X2 function selection
0
11
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
F5.02
Input terminal X3 function selection
F5.10
Open circuit collector output terminal OCI
Output setting
0
12
0
2
F5.15
FDT1(frequency level )electric level
2.60Hz
2.60Hz
F5.16
FDT1 lag
0.01Hz
0.01Hz
F7.03
VCI max provision corresponding freq.
50.00
75.00
7.1 parameters setting reference of fine-drawing machine and
micro-pulling machine
7.1.1 Host parameters of fine-drawing machine and micro-pulling machine
(EDS1000 Series)
Function
Code
Function Name
Factory Value
Setting
F0.00
Frequency input channel selection
1
4
F0.02
Run command channel selection
0
1
F0.08
Acceleration
time 1
20.0
40.0-60.0
F0.09
Deceleration
time 1
20.0
40.0-60.0
F0.10
Upper limit Frequency
50.00Hz
80.00
F0.14
Torque boost
F2.06
Jog run frequency
F2.07
F2.08
F3.30
0.5
2.5
5.00Hz
6.00
Jog acceleration time
20.0s
6.0
Jog deceleration time
20.0s
6.0
Failure relayTA,TB, TCfunction selection
15
15
F5.00
Input terminal X1 function selection
0
11
F5.01
Input terminal X2 function selection
0
5
F5.02
Input terminal X3 function selection
0
12
F5.10
Open circuit collector output terminal OCI
output setting
0
2
F5.15
FDT1(frequency level)electric level
10.00Hz
5.50
F5.16
FDT1 lag
1.00Hz
0.01
F5.17
Analog output (AO1)selection
0
0
F5.18
Analog output (AO1)gain
1.00
1.00
F5.19
Analog output (AO1)offset
0.00
0.00
F5.20
Analog output (AO2) selection
F5.21
Analog output (AO2) gain
F5.22
Analog output (AO2) offset
0.00
0.00
F7.03
VCI max. provision corresponding freq.
50.00
80.00
0
0
1.00
1.00
151
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
7.1.2 Wire receiving machine parameters of fine-drawing machine and
micro-pulling machine(EDS1000 Series)
Function
Code
Run command channel selection
F0.03
Factory Value
Setting
0
1
Run direction setting
000
010
F0.08
Acceleration
time 1
20.0
2.0
F0.09
Deceleration
time 1
20.0
2.0
F0.10
Upper limit Frequency
50.00Hz
75.00
F1.05
Stop mode
0
2
F1.06
DC brake initiative freq. when stop running
0.00
3.00
F1.07
DC brake time when stop running
0.0
1.5
F1.08
DC brake voltage when stop running
F2.00
0
8
Analog filter time constant
0.20s
0.03
F2.18
Acce. time 2(when start up smoothly )
20.0
150.0
F2.19
Dece. time 2(when start up smoothly )
20.0
150.0
F2.21
Interval time 1of
calculation
500ms
300
F2.22
Empty diameter gain(retracting and releasing gain)
100.0
40.0
F2.23
PID adjustor gain
30.0
30.0
F2.24
Start-up volume diameter calculation gain selection
0
0
F2.25
Start-up volume diameter calculation gain(volume
diameter calculation gain 4)
2.0
1.0
F2.26
Volume diameter calculation gain 3
0.4
0.4
F2.27
Volume diameter calculation gain 2
0.0
0.0
F2.28
Volume diameter calculation gain 1
0.0
0.0
F2.29
High limit of retracting volume gain
200.0
100.0
F2.30
Start-up retracting and releasing gain control
1
1
F2.31
Retracting and releasing speed gain +/- control
0
0
F2.32
Retracting and releasing recombination control
0
0
800
800
0.10
0.10
F2.33
F2.34
152
Function Name
F0.02
retracting volume diameter
Interval time 0of retracting volume diameter
calculation
Dead zone range of retracting volume diameter
calculation
F2.35
Range 1of retracting volume diameter calculation 1
0.70
0.70
F2.36
Range 2 of retracting volume diameter calculation
1.20
1.20
F2.37
Range 3 of retracting volume diameter calculation
1.70
1.70
F2.38
Range 4 of retracting volume diameter calculation
2.20
2.20
F2.39
time of starting up smoothly
2000
2000
F2.40
Start up PID again control
1
1
F2.41
Start up PID smoothly selection
1
1
F2.42
Volume diameter reset control
0
0
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.43
Wire disconnecting delay PID control
F2.44
Time of wire disconnecting delay
F3.00
Closed-loop run
F3.08
proportion gain KP
Appendix 1 EDS1100 Drawing machine Inverter Manual
1
1
5000
5000
0
1
0.250
0.250
0.010
F3.09
KI Integral gain KI
0.010
F3.12
Deviation margin
1.0(%)
1.0
F3.20
PID proportion gain 2
0.300
0.300
F3.21
PID Integral gain 2
0.000
0.000
F3.22
PID parameter self adjustment basis
1
1
F3.30
Failure relayTA,TB, TCfunction selection
15
15
F5.01
Input terminal X2 function selection
0
11
F5.02
Input terminal X3 function selection
0
12
F5.10
Closed-loop run
0
2
F5.15
proportion gain KP
2.60Hz
3.00Hz
F5.16
KI Integral gain KI
0.01Hz
0.01Hz
F7.03
Deviation margin
50.00
75.00
153
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
1 Symbol description
× ---- parameter can’t be changed in process of running
○ ---- parameter can be changed in process of running
* ---- read-only parameter, unmodifiable
2
Function parameter schedule graph
F0-Basic run function parameter group
Function
code
F0.00
F0.01
F0.02
F0.03
F0.04
F0.05
F0.06
Name
Set range
0: keypad analog potentiometer setting
1: keypad digital setting
2: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting
(stored after power off)
3: serial port setting(not stored after power off)
Frequency input 4: VCI analog setting (VCI-GND)
channel selection 5: CCI analog setting (CCI-GND)
6: YCI analog setting (YCI-GND)
7: terminal pulse (PULSE) setting
8: combination setting
9: terminal UP/DOWN adjust setting
(not stored after power off)
Freq. digit setting Lower limit Freq.~upper limit Freq.
0: keypad run control
1: terminal run command control
(keypad stop command ineffective)
2: terminal run command control
Run command
(keypad stop command effective)
channel selection
3: serial port run command control
(keypad stop command ineffective)
4: serial port run command control
(keypad stop command effective)
1st bit: 0, forward run; 1, reserved
2nd bit: 0, reverse run allowed
Run direction
1, reverse run banned
setting
3rd bit: REV/JOG key selection
0: as reverse run key
1: as jog key
Acce/Dece mode 0: linear accelerating decelerating mode
selection
1: S curve accelerating decelerating mode
S curve start
10.0(%)-50.0(%)(Acce/Dece time)
section time
F0.05+F0.06≤90(%)
10.0(%)-70.0(%)(Acce/Dece time)
S curve risetime
F0.05+F0.06≤90(%)
Acce Dece time 0: second
unit
1: minute
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modifica
-tion
1
1
○
0.1Hz
1000.0Hz
○
1
0
○
1
100
○
1
0
×
0.1(%)
20.0(%)
○
0.1(%)
60.0(%)
○
1
0
×
F0.08
Acce time 1
0.1-6000.0
0.1
90.0
○
F0.09
Dece time 1
0.1-6000.0
0.1
90.0
○
F0.10
Upper limit freq.
Lower limit freq.-2500Hz
0.1Hz
1000.0Hz
×
F0.11
Lower limit freq. 0.00-Upper limit freq.
0.01Hz
0.00Hz
×
F0.12
Lower limit freq. 0: run at lower limit freq.
1
0
×
F0.07
154
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F0.13
F0.14
F0.15
F0.16
run mode
Torque boost
mode
1: stop
0: manual boost
1: automatic boost
Torque boost
0.0-12.0 (%)
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
0: constant torque curve
1: degressive torque curve 1(the 2.0nd
power)
2: degressive torque curve 2 (the 1.7th
power)
3: degressive torque curve 3 (the 1.2th
power)
4: End-user sets VF curve himself(determined
by F2.37~F2.44)
V/F curve setting
F2.37
VF Freq. value 0
F2.38
VF voltage value 0
F2.39
VF Freq. value 1
F2.40
VF voltage value 1
F2.41
VF Freq. value 2
F2.42
VF voltage value 2
F2.43
VF Freq. value 3
F2.44
VF voltage value 3
Remark: VF frequency and voltage can’t be 0
or maximum
0: G type
G/P type setting
1: P type
1
0
○
0.1(%)
00.5(%)
○
1
0
×
1
0
×
F1-Start, stop, brake function parameter group
Function
code
Name
F1.00
Start-up run mode
F1.01
F1.02
start-up freq.
start-up freq. duration
DC brake volt. at
start-up
DC brake time at
start-up
F1.03
F1.04
F1.05
F1.06
F1.07
F1.08
Stop mode
Set range
0: start at start-up freq.
1: first brake, then start at start-up freq.
2: reserved
0.0-100.0Hz
0.0-20.0S
Min.
unit
Factory Modifi
default -cation
1
0
×
0.1Hz
0.1s
0.0Hz
0.0s
○
○
0-15(%)
1
0
○
0.0-20.0S
0.1s
0.0s
○
1
0
×
0.1Hz
0.0Hz
○
0.1s
0.0s
○
1
0
○
0: Dec stop
1: free stop
2: Dec+DC brake stop
DC brake initiative freq.
0.0-15.00Hz
when stop running
DC brake time when
0.0-20.0s
stop running
DC brake voltage when
0-15(%)
stop running
155
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
F2-Auxiliary run function parameter group
Function
code
F2.00
F2.01
F2.02
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modificat
-ion
0.00-30.00s
0.01s
0.20s
○
0.0-3600.0s
0.1s
0.1s
○
1
0
×
1
0
×
1
0
×
×
Name
Analog filter time
constant
Forward reverse run
dead-section time
Automatic energy
save run
F2.03
AVR function
F2.04
Slip frequency
compensation
Set range
0: no action
1: action
0: no action
1: action all the time
2: no action only during Dec
0~150(%)0-no slip frequency
compensation
F2.05
Carrier wave freq.
2-15.0K
0.1K
depend on
machine type
F2.06
Jog run frequency
1.0-1000.0Hz
0.1Hz
50.0Hz
○
F2.07
Jog Acc time
0.1-60.0s
0.1s
20.0s
○
F2.08
Jog Dec time
0.1-60.0s
0.1s
20.0s
○
Frequency input
channel combination
0: VCI+CCI
1: VCI-CCI
2: YCI+CCI
3: RS485+YCI
4: VCI+YCI
5: reserved
6: exterior pulse provision+
CCI
7: exterior pulse provision-
CCI
8: reserved
9: reserved
10: reserved
11: reserved
12: reserved
13: VCI,CCI any nonzero
value effective, VCI
preferred
14: reserved
15: RS485+CCI
16: RS485-CCI
17: RS485+VCI
18: RS485-VCI
19: RS485+keypad
potentiometer
20: RS485- keypad
potentiometer
21: VCI+ keypad
potentiometer
22: VCI- keypad potentiometer
23: CCI+ keypad
potentiometer
24: CCI- keypad potentiometer
25: reserved
26: reserved
27: reserved
28: reserved
1
0
×
F2.09
156
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F2.10
Principal subordinate
machine communication
frequency provision
proportion
F2.11
LED display control 1
F2.12
LED display control 2
F2.13
Parameter operation
control
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
0(%)-500(%)
0000-1111
first bit: running time
0: not display
1: display
second bit: accumulative time
0: not display
1: display
third bit: input terminal status
0: not display
1: display
kilobit(fourth bit):
output terminal status
0: not display
1: display
0000-1111
first bit: analog input VCI
0: not display
1: display
second bit: analog input YCI
0: not display
1: display
third bit: analog input CCI
0: not display
1: display
kilobit(fourth bit):
exterior pulse input
0: not display
1: display
LED 1st bit:
0: all parameter allowed to be
modified
1: except this parameter,all
other parameter not
allowed to be modified
2: except F0.01 and this
parameter, all other
parameter not allowed to be
modified
LED 2nd bit:
0: no action
1: restore default value
2: clear history failure record
LED 3rd bit:
0: lock all buttons
1: lock all buttons but not
STOP key
2: lock all buttons but not
, STOP key
3: lock all buttons but not
RUN, STOP key
4: lock all buttons but not
SHIFT, STOP key
1(%)
100(%)
○
1
0000
○
1
1111
○
1
0
×
157
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Communication
configuration
LED first bit: baud rate
selection
0: 1200BPS
1: 2400BPS
2: 4800BPS
3: 9600BPS
4: 19200BPS
5: 38400BPS
LED second bit: data format
0: 1-8-1format, no checkout
1: 1-8-1 format,
even checkout
2: 1-8-1 format,
odd checkout
1
F2.15
Local address
0-127,127 is broadcast
address. The inverter only
receive but not send when
it is set to be 127, 0 is
address for main device.
1
F2.16
Communication overtime
0.0-1000.0s
F2.17
Local response delay
0-1000ms
F2.18
F2.19
F2.20
F2.21
F2.22
F2.23
F2.24
F2.25
F2.26
F2.27
F2.28
F2.29
Acce time 2
Dece time 2
Acce time 3
Dece time 3
Acce time 4
Dece time 4
Acce time 5
Dece time 5
Acce time 6
Dece time 6
Acce time 7
Dece time 7
F2.30
Multisection freq. 1
F2.31
Multisection freq. 2
F2.32
Multisection freq. 3
F2.33
Multisection freq. 4
F2.34
Multisection freq. 5
F2.35
Multisection freq. 6
F2.36
Multisection freq. 7
F2.37
F2.38
F2.39
F2.40
F2.41
F2.42
F2.43
F2.44
VF frequency value 0
VF voltage value 0
VF frequency value 1
VF voltage value 1
VF frequency value 2
VF voltage value 2
VF frequency value 3
VF voltage value 3
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
0.1-6000.0
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
Lower limit freq.-upper limit
freq.
0.00-F2.39
0.00-F2.40
F2.37-F2.41
F2.38-F2.42
F2.39-F2.43
F2.40-F2.44
F2.41-high limit frquency
F2.42-100.0% (rated voltage)
F2.14
158
03
×
1
×
0.1s
0.0s
×
1ms
5ms
×
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
0.1Hz
100.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
200.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
300.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
400.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
500.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
600.0Hz
○
0.1Hz
700.0Hz
○
0.01Hz
0.01%
0.01Hz
0.01%
0.01Hz
0.01%
0.01Hz
0.01%
10.00Hz
20.00%
20.00Hz
40.00%
25.00Hz
50.00%
40.00Hz
80.00%
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
F2.45
F2.46
Jumping freq. 1
Jumping freq. 1 range
0.00-400.00Hz
0.00-30.00Hz
0.1Hz
0.1Hz
0.00Hz
0.00Hz
×
×
F2.47
F2.48
Jumping freq. 2
Jumping freq. 2 range
0.00-400.00Hz
0.00-30.00Hz
0.1Hz
0.1Hz
0.00Hz
0.00Hz
×
×
F2.49
F2.50
Jumping freq. 3
Jumping freq. 3 range
0.00-400.00Hz
0.00-30.00Hz
0.1Hz
0.1Hz
0.00Hz
0.00Hz
×
×
F2.51
F2.52
Setting run time
Accumulative run time
1
1
0
0
○
*
1
0
×
F2.53
0-65535 hours
0-65535 hours
0: a ASCII frame of 14 byte or
18 byte
1: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10
byte, original response not
changed
2: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10
RS485/232 communication
byte, 12 command has no
response
frame format selection
3: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10
byte, 14 command has no
response
4: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10
byte, both 12 and 14
command have no response
F3-Closed-loop run function parameter group
Function
code
Name
F3.00
Closed-loop run
control selection
F3.01
Provision channel
selection
F3.02
Feedback channel
selection
F3.03
F3.04
F3.05
F3.06
F3.07
Specified value digital
setting
Minimum specified
value
feedback value
responding to
minimum specified
value
maximum specified
value
feedback value
responding to
maximum specified
value
Set range
0: closed-loop control ineffective
1: PID closed-loop control effective
2: reserved
0: digital provision
1: VCI analog 0-10V voltage provision
2: CCI analog provision
3: keypad potentiometer provision
0: VCI analog input voltage 0-10V
1: CCI analog input
2: VCI+CCI
3: VCI-CCI
4: Min { VCI, CCI }
5: Max { VCI, CCI }
6: pulse feedback
Min.
unit
Factory Modifi
default -cation
1
0
×
1
1
○
1
1
○
0.01
0.00
○
0.0-maximum specified value; percentage
relative to 10.00V
0.1(%)
(0.0)%
○
0.0-100.0(%)
0.1(%)
(0.0)%
○
Minimum specified value
-100.0(%)
0.1(%)
100.0(%)
○
0.0-100.0(%)
0.1(%)
100.0(%)
○
0.00~10.00V(setF3.00=1,F3.21=9.999)
159
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F3.08
F3.09
F3.10
F3.11
F3.12
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
F3.16
F3.17
F3.18
F3.19
proportion gain Kp
Integral gain Ki
Differential gain Kd
Sampling cycle T
Deviation margin
Integral separation
PID adjusting
threshold
Closed-lop preset
frequency
Closed-loop preset
frequency holding
time
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
F3.20
reserved
F3.21
F3.22
F3.23
F3.24
F3.25
F3.26
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
reserved
Closed-loop adjusting 0: Forward function
characteristic
1: Reverse function
0: set frequency
1: output frequency
2: output current
3: output voltage
4: DC bus bar voltage
5: motor speed
LED initial
6: heat sink temperature
supervision parameter 7: run time
selection
8: accumulative run time
9: input terminal status
10: output terminal status
11: analog input VCI/PID provision
12: analog input CCI/PID feedback
13: analog input YCI
14: exterior pulse inputs
YCI run-in delay time 0.0-999.9s
0: inverter running(RUN)
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2: frequency level detect signal (FDT1)
3: reserved
4: overload warning alarm signal (OL)
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL)
Failure relay TA,TB,6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
TC function selection 7: inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8: external failure stop-running(EXT)
9: inverter zero speed running
10: PLC running
11: simple PLC section running finished
12: PLC finish a cycle running
13: reserved
F3.13
F3.14
F3.15
F3.27
F3.28
F3.29
F3.30
160
0.000-9.999
0.000-9.999
0.000-9.999
0.01-1.00s
0.0-20.0(%)percentage
relative to 10.00V
0.0-100.0%
0-upper limit frequency
0.0-6000s
0.001
0.001
0.001
0.01s
0.1(%)
0.050
0.050
0.000
0.10s
2.0(%)
○
○
○
○
○
0.1%
100.0%
○
0.01Hz
000.0hz
○
0.1s
000.0s
○
0
○
1
○
10.0
○
15
○
0.1
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F3.31
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
14: inverter ready to run (RDY)
15: inverter failure
16: traverse high and low limit restriction
17: interior counter reach final value
18: interior counter reach specified value
19: set run time arriving
20: interior timing arriving
21: reserved
22: reserved
23: reserved
24: reserved
VCLanalog input gain 0-800%
100
○
Min.
unit
factory
default
Modifi
-cation
1
000
×
1
000
○
F4-Simple PLC function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
LED first bit:
0: no action
1: stop after single circulation
2: keep final value after single circulation
3: consecutive circulation
LED second bit:
0: start again from first section
1: continue to run at mid-section
frequency
LED third bit: PLC run time unit
0: second
1: minute
000-621
LED first bit: frequency setting
0: multisection freq. i (i=1~7)
1: freq. determined by F0.00 function
code
LED second bit: run direction selection
0: forward run
1: reverse run
2: determined by run command
LED third bit: Acc/Dec time selection
0: Acc/Dec time 1
1: Acc/Dec time 2
2: Acc/Dec time 3
3: Acc/Dec time 4
4: Acc/Dec time 5
5: Acc/Dec time 6
6: Acc/Dec time 7
F4.00
Simple PLC running setting
F4.01
Section 1 setting
F4.02
Section 1 run time
0-6000.0
0.1
10.0
○
F4.03
F4.04
F4.05
F4.06
F4.07
F4.08
F4.09
F4.10
F4.11
Section 2 setting
Section 2 run time
Section 3 setting
Section 3 run time
Section 4 setting
Section 4 run time
Section 5 setting
Section 5 run time
Section 6 setting
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
000-621
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
10.0
000
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
161
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F4.12
F4.13
F4.14
Section 6 run time
Section 7 setting
Section 7 run time
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
0-6000.0
000-621
0-6000.0
10.0
000
10.0
○
○
○
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modif
-ication
1
0
×
0.1
1
0.1
F5-Terminal correlative function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
F5.00
Input terminal X1
function selection
0: leave control terminal unused
1: multisection speed control terminal 1
2: multisection speed control terminal 2
3: multisection speed control terminal 3
4: multisection speed control terminal 4
5: external forward run jog control
6: external reverse run jog control
7: Acc/Dec time option terminal 1
8: Acc/Dec time option terminal 2
9: Acc/Dec time option terminal 3
10: external device failure input
11: external reset input
12: free stop input
13: external stop-running order
14: stop DC braking input command DB
15: inverter run banned
16: frequency increasing control (UP)
17: frequency degression control (DOWN)
18: Acc/Dec ban command
19: three-line run control
20: closed-loop ineffective
21: PLC ineffective
22: simple PLC pause control
23: PLC stop status reset
24: frequency provision channel option 1
25: frequency provision channel option 2
26: frequency provision channel option 3
27: frequency switched to CCI
28: command switched to terminal
29: run command channel option 1
30: run command channel option 2
31: run command channel option 3
32: swing frequency jump-in
33: external interruption input
34: interior counter reset end
35: interior counter triggering end
36: interior timer reset end
37: interior timer triggering end
38: pulse frequency input(only effective for
X7,X8)
39: reserved
40: reserved
41: reserved
42: reserved
F5.01
Input terminal X2
function selection
Same as above
×
F5.02
Input terminal X3
function selection
Same as above
×
162
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F5.03
F5.04
F5.05
F5.06
F5.07
F5.08
F5.09
F5.10
F5.11
Input terminal X4
function selection
Input terminal X5
function selection
Input terminal X6
function selection
Input terminal X7
function selection
Input terminal X8
function selection
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
Same as above
×
0: double-line control mode 1
FWD/REV run mode 1: double-line control mode 2
selection
2: three-line control mode 1
3: three-line control mode 2
UP/DOWN
0.01-99.99Hz/s
velocity
0: inverter running(RUN)
1: frequency arriving signal(FAR)
2: frequency level detect signal (FDT1)
3: reserved
4: overload warning alarm signal (OL)
5: output frequency reach high limit(FHL)
6: output frequency reach low limit(FLL)
7: inverter under voltage blockage stop (LU)
8: external failure stop-runnin(EXT)
9: inverter zero rotate speed running
10: PLC running
11: simple PLC section running finished
Open
circuit 12: PLC finish a cycle running
collector
13: reserved
output
terminal 14: inverter ready to run (RDY)
OC1 output setting 15: inverter failure
16: swing frequency high and low limit restriction
17: interior counter reach final value
18: interior counter reach specified value
19: set run time arriving
20: interior timing arriving
21: OC1-variable frequency for the 1st pump
OC2-power source for the 1st pump
OC3- variable frequency for the 2nd pump
OC4-power source for the 2nd pump
22: reserved
23: reserved
24: reserved
Open circuit
collector output
Same as above
terminal OC2
output setting
1
0
0.01Hz/s 1.00Hz/s
×
○
1
0
×
1
0
×
F5.12
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC3
output setting
Same as above
1
0
×
F5.13
Open circuit
collector output
terminal OC4
output setting
Same as above
1
0
×
163
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F5.14
F5.15
F5.16
F5.17
F5.18
F5.19
F5.20
F5.21
F5.22
F5.23
F5.24
F5.25
F5.26
F5.27
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Frequency arriving
(FAR) checkout
0.00-50.00Hz
scope
FDT1 (frequency
0.00-high limit frequency
level) electric level
FDT1 lag
0.00-50.00Hz
0: output frequency(0-high limit frequency)
1: set frequency(0-high limit frequency)
2: output current(0-2×rated current)
3: output voltage(0-1.2×load motor rated voltage)
Analog output
4: bus-bar voltage(0-800V)
(AO1) selection
5: PID provision (0.00-10.00V)
6: PID feedback (0.00-10.00V)
7: reserved
8: reserved
9: reserved
Analog output
0.00-2.00
(AO1) gain
Analog output
0.00-10.00V
(AO1) offset
Analog output
Same as F5.17
(AO2) selection
Analog output
0.10-2.00
(AO2) gain
Analog output
0.00-10.00V
(AO2) offset
DO terminal output
Same as F5.17
function selection
DO maximum
0.1-20.0(max. 20KHz)Max. DO port output pulse
pulse output
frequency corresponds to Max. value selected by
frequency
F5.23
Set interior
counting value
0-9999
reaches provision
Specified interior
counting value
0-9999
reaches provision
Interior
timer
0.1-6000.0s
setting
0.01Hz
5.00Hz
○
0.01Hz 10.00Hz
○
0.01Hz
1.00Hz
○
1
0
○
0.01
1.00
○
0.01
0.00
○
1
0
○
0.01
1.00
○
0.01
0.00
○
1
0
○
0.1KHz
10.0
○
1
0
○
1
0
○
0.1
60.0
○
Factory
default
Modifi
-cation
F6-Swing frequency special function parameter group
Function
code
F6.00
Reserved
F6.01
Reserved
F6.02
Reserved
F6.03
Reserved
F6.04
Reserved
F6.05
Reserved
F6.06
Reserved
F6.07
Reserved
164
Name
Set range
Min.
unit
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
F7-Frequency provision function parameter group
Function
code
F7.00
F7.01
F7.02
F7.03
F7.04
F7.05
F7.06
F7.07
F7.08
Name
Set range
VCI min. provision
VCI min. provision corresponding freq.
VCI max. provision
VCI max. provision corresponding freq.
CCI min. provision
CCI min. provision corresponding freq.
CCI max. provision
CCI max. provision corresponding freq.
YCI min. provision
0.00-F7.02
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-F7.06
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
0.00-F7.10
0.00-high limit frequency
(reverse run)
0.00-10.00V
0.00-high limit frequency
(forward run)
Min.
Factory Modifi
unit
default -cation
0.01V
0.00V
○
0.01Hz 000.0 Hz
○
0.01V
9.99V
○
0.01 Hz 1000 Hz
○
0.01V
0.00V
○
0.01 Hz 000.0 Hz
○
0.01V
9.99V
○
0.01 Hz 1000 Hz
○
0.01V 00.03V
○
0.01 Hz 500.0 Hz
○
0.01V
9.99V
○
0.01Hz
1000Hz
○
0.00V-2.00V
0.01V
0.10V
○
PULSE max. input pulse
0.01-20.0K
0.01K
10.0K
○
F7.14
PULSE min. provision
0.0-F7.16(PULSE max.
provision)
0.01K
0.0K
○
F7.15
PULSE min. provision corresponding
freq.
0.00-high limit frequency
0.01Hz 000.0Hz
F7.16
PULSE max. provision
F7.14 (PULSE min.
provision)-F7.13
(max. input pulse)
F7.17
PULSE max. provision corresponding
freq.
0.00-high limit frequency
F7.09
YCI min. provision corresponding freq.
F7.10
YCI max. provision
F7.11
YCI max. provision corresponding freq.
F7.12
YCI dead area setting
F7.13
○
0.1K
10.0K
○
0.01Hz
1000Hz
○
F8-Motor and vector control parameter group
Function
code
Name
Set range
Unit
Factory
default
Modifi
-cation
F8.00
Control mode setting
0: V/F control
1: vector control
remark: for EDS1300 it can’t be 1
1
0
×
F8.01
Motor rated voltage
1-480V
1V
Depend on
device type
×
F8.02
Motor rated current
0.1-999.9A
×
F8.03
Motor rated frequency
10.0-1000.0Hz
0.01 Hz
F8.04
Motor rated speed
1-9999r/min
1r/min
F8.05
Motor pole
2-14
F8.06
Motor rated power
0.1-999.9KW
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
Depend on
device type
F8.07
Reserved
F8.08
Reserved
0.1A
2
0.1
×
×
×
×
165
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
F8.09
F8.10
F8.11
F8.12
F8.13
F8.14
F8.15
F8.16
F8.17
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
F9-Protection correlative function parameter group
Function
code
F9.00
F9.01
F9.02
F9.03
F9.04
F9.05
F9.06
F9.07
F9.08
F9.09
F9.10
F9.11
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modific
-ation
0.1S
0.0S
×
1
0
×
0.1S
5.0S
×
1
1
×
0.1(%)
100.0(%)
×
20-200(%)
1(%)
130(%)
○
0.0-20.0s
0.1s
5.0s
○
1
1
×
120-150(%)
1(%)
120(%)
○
110-200(%)
1(%)
140(%)
×
0.01Hz/s
10.00Hz/s
○
1
0
×
Name
Set range
Instantaneous power
off restarting latency
time
Failure self-renew
times
Failure self-renew
interval
Motor overload
protection mode
selection
Motor overload
protection coefficient
Overload warning
alarm checkout level
Overload warning
alarmDelay time
Overvoltage stall
selection
Overvoltage stall
point
Automatic current
limit level
Frequency declining
rate during current
limiting
Automatic current
limiting action
selection
0.0-10.0S
0 indicates ineffective power off restarting
0-10
0 shows no automatic reset function
0.5-20.0S
0: no action
1: inverter close off output
20.0-120.0(%)
0: ban
1: allow
0.00-99.99Hz/s
0: constant speed ineffective
1: constant speed effective
remark: Acc/Dec always effective
Fd-Failure record function parameter group
Function
code
Fd.00
Fd.01
Fd.02
Fd.03
Fd.04
Fd.05
166
Name
Previous one time failure record
Previous two time failure record
Previous three time failure record
Previous four time failure record
Previous five time failure record
Previous six time failure record
Setting range
Previous one time failure record
Previous two time failure record
Previous three time failure record
Previous four time failure record
Previous five time failure record
Previous six time failure record
Min.
unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
Factory Modifi
default -cation
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
0
*
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 2 The manual of EDS1300 middle frequency inverter
Fd.06
Set freq. of previous failure
Set freq. of previous failure
0.01Hz
0
*
Fd.07
output freq. of previous failure
output freq. of previous failure
0.01Hz
0
*
Fd.08
output current of previous failure
output current of previous failure
0.1A
0
*
Fd.09
output voltage of previous failure output voltage of previous failure
DC bus-bar voltage of previous
DC bus-bar voltage of previous failure
failure
1V
0
*
1V
0
*
1(r/m)
0
*
1℃
0
*
11111111
*
0
*
Fd.10
Fd.11
Fd.12
Fd.13
Fd.14
Load motor speed of previous
failure
Module temperature of previous
failure
Input terminal status of previous
failure
Accumulative run time of
previous failure
Load motor speed of previous failure
Module temperature of previous failure
Input terminal status of previous failure
Accumulative run time of previous
failure
FF-Password and manufacturer function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Setting range
Min.
unit
factory
default
Modific
-ation
FF.00
User password
0000-9999
1
0000
×
FF.01
Manufacturer password
0000-9999
1
0000
×
FF.02FF.0X
Manufacturer’s special parameter
C-Supervision function parameter group
Function
code
Name
Description
Min.
unit
Factory
default
Modific
-ation
C-00
Set frequency
Current set frequency
0.01HZ
C-01
Output freq.
Current output freq.
0.01HZ
*
C-02
Output current
Virtual value of current output current
0.1A
*
C-03
Output voltage
Virtual value of current output voltage
1V
*
C-04
DC bus-bar voltage
Current
DC bus-bar voltage
1V
*
C-05
Load motor speed
Product of output frequency and load
motor speed emendation factor
1(r/m)
*
C-06
Module temperature
IGBT heat sink temperature
1℃
*
C-07
Run time
Inverter electrification run time
1h
*
C-08
Accumulative run time Inverter accumulative run time
1h
*
C-09
Input terminal status
Switch value input terminal status
――
*
C-10
Output terminal status
Switch value output terminal status
――
*
C-11
Analog input VCI
Analog input value of VCI
V
*
C-12
Analog input YCI
Analog input value of YCI
V
*
C-13
Analog input CCI
Analog input value of CCI
V
*
C-14
Exterior pulse input
Exterior pulse input
0.1KHz
*
167
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 3
1.1
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
Serial port RS485 communication protocol
(need customized special process)
Summarization
We provide general RS485/RS232 communication interface in our Inverters
(such as EDS1000 series, EDS2000 series, EDS2800 series, etc.) for the user.
Through this communication interface upper device (such as PC, PLC controller
etc.) can perform centralized monitor to the inverter (such as to set inverter
parameter, control run of inverter, read work state of the inverter) and also
long-distance control keypad can be connected to realize various usage
requirement of the user.
This communication protocol is interface criterion file designed for realizing
above-mentioned function, please read it earnestly and program according to it so
that realize long-distance and network control to the inverter.
1.2
1.2.1
Protocol content and description
Communication net buildup mode
mainframe is PC
mainframe is PLC
or
EDS1000 mainframe
or
RS232
232-485 conversion
module
RS485
EDS1000
EDS1000
EDS800
EDS800
Fig.1 net buildup graph
1.2.2 Communication mode
At present, EDS1000 inverter can be used not only as auxiliary device but also
mainframe device in RS485,if the inverter used as auxiliary ddevice,master
device can be completed by PC,PLC or human interface,and if used as
mainframe device ,the main- auxiliary control of the inverter can be complement
by it, Specific communication mode is as mentioned below:
(1) PC or PLC as mainframe , inverter as auxiliary device,point-to-point
communication between mainframe and auxiliary device.
(2) Auxiliary device don’t response when mainframe send out command by
broadcast address.
(3) User can set local address, baud rate and data format of the inverter through
auxiliary device keypad.
168
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
(4) Auxiliary device report current failure information to mainframe in the last
response frame.
(5) EDS1000 provides RS485 interface.
1.2.3 Transport mode
Asynchronous serial,semiduplex transport mode. Default format and transport
rate: 8-N-1,9600bps.For specific parameter setting please see description for
F2.14~F2.17 group function code.
(remark : Below definition is only effective under series port RS485
communication mode, and definition for other parameters are the same as
original)
F2.14
Communication
configuration
LED first bit:baud rate selection
0:1200BPS
1:2400BPS
2:4800BPS
3:9600BPS
4:19200BPS
5:38400BPS
LED second bit:data format
0:1-8-1 format,no checkout
1:1-8-1 format,even checkout
2:1-8-1 format,odd checkout
0-127,127 is broadcast address
F2.15 Local address
Communication timeout
F2.16
0.0-1000.0s
detection time
F2.17 Local response delay
F2.53 RS485/232
communication
frame format selection
0-200ms
0: a ASCII frame of 14 byte or 18 byte
1: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10 byte,
original response not changed
2: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10 byte, 12
command has no response
3: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10 byte, 14
command has no response
4: a hex frame of 8 byte or 10 byte,
both 12 and 14
command have no response
1
03
×
1
1
×
0.1s
0.0s
×
1ms
5ms
×
1
0
×
169
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
1.2.4
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
Data command frame format
Main device command frame format
13
14 15 16
17
setting data area
4
18
frame end
12
checkout sum
assistant index
11
checkout sum
main device command
Index area
10
checkout sum
main device command
9
checkout sum
auxiliary device address
8
set data
auxiliary device address
Definitcommand
head address
ion
area
sending
1
2
2
byte
7
set data
6
set data
5
set data
4
command index
3
command index
2
assistant index
1
frame head
sending
order
checkout area
end
4
1
4
Auxiliary device response frame format
13
14 15 16
17
Index area
Run data area
Checkout area
end
4
4
4
1
Fig.2 command/response frame format
170
18
frame end
12
checkout sum
failure index
11
checkout sum
auxiliary device reponse
10
checkout sum
auxiliary device reponse
9
checkout sum
auxiliary device address
8
run data
auxiliary device address
Definitireponse
head address
on
area
sending
1
2
2
byte
7
run data
6
run data
5
run data
4
command index
3
command index
2
failure index
1
frame head
sending
order
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
Remark:
(1) “Setting data area” and “run data area” may not be existent in some
command/data frame format, so in protocol command list it’s marked with
“nothing”.
(2) In protocol effective character set is: ~, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, F
and hex data 0DH,ASCII lowercase a, b, c, d, e, f are invalid.
(3) Effective command frame length is 14 or 18 byte.
1.2.5 Explanation and description for format
(1) frame head
It’s character“~”(namely hex 7E),single byte.
(2) auxiliary device address
Data meanings: local address of auxiliary device, double byte. ASCII format.
Inverter factory default is 01.
(3) mainframe command/auxiliary device respond
Data meanings: mainframe send out command and auxiliary device respond to
the command. Double byte, ASCII format.
Response code function classification:
Species 1>: command code=“10”,mainframe ask auxiliary device to report
current preparation state and control situation.
Table 1 response code meanings for command code“10”
Response
code
ASCII
10
Meanings
Preparation state of
auxiliary device
Don’t get ready
Control from mainframe is
To set frequency is
allowed
allowed
No meaning
11
Get ready
Allow
12
Get ready
Allow
Allow
13
Get ready
Don’t allow
Don’t allow
14
Get ready
Don’t allow
Don’t allow
20
Allow
Frame error
Species 2>: command code=“11”~“15”, 5 kinds of function command which
mainframe send to auxiliary device, for detail please see protocol command list.
Table 2 response code meanings for command code “11~15”
response
code
ASCII
00
20
Meanings of response code
Auxiliary device communication and
control is normal;function code
modification is effective;
password is correct.
(1) frame checkout error;
description
When this response code is reported,
171
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
30
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
(2)“command area”data overrun;
(3)“index area”data overrun;
(4) frame length error/non ASCII byte
exist in area except frame head, frame
end.
(1) control to auxiliary device is
ineffective;
(2) ineffective function code parameter
modification;
(3)“setting/running data”area data
overrun.
(4) password error.
data of “command area”, “index
area” and “running data area” are
not reported.
Whether report this response code
relate to current set state of auxiliary
device. When report data of area”,
“index area” and “run data area”
are reported according to protocol
requirement.
(4) auxiliary index/command index/failure index
Data meanings: include auxiliary index byte and command index byte.
For mainframe, auxiliary index, command index are used for cooperating
mainframe command in realizing specific function.
For auxiliary device, auxiliary index, command index are used for reporting
failure state code, command index are reported without modification.
Data type: hex,4 byte, ASCII format.
Command index occupy 2 low byte, data range: “00”~“FF”.
Auxiliary index occupy 2 high byte, data range: “00”~“FF”.
Auxiliary device failure state occupy“auxiliary index”byte,see table 3.
Table 3 failure type description
failure
code
1
failure
code
description
description
Accelerating run over current
13
Converting module protection
2
decelerating run over current
14
External device failure
3
Constant
current
15
current detecting circuit failure
4
accelerating run over voltage
16
RS485 communication failure
decelerating run over voltage
17
reserved
18
reserved
19
Under voltage
5
6
7
speed
run
over
Constant speed run over
voltage
Controller power supply over
voltage
8
Inverter overload
20
System disturbance
9
Motor overload
21
Reserved
10
Inverter over heat
22
Reserved
11
reserved
23
E2PROM read and write error
12
reserved
172
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
(5) checkout sum
Data meanings: frame checkout,4 byte, ASCII.
Calculation method: accumulative sum of ASCII code value of all byte from
“auxiliary device address”to“run data”.
(6) frame end
Hex 0D,single byte.
1.2.6 Protocol command list
Frame 7E and frame end 0D, address, checkout sum,ASCII character format
are omitted in following description.
Table 4 Protocol command table
Name
Read parameter of auxiliary motor
Run control and adjusting function
look up auxiliary
motor state
current set freq.
current run freq.
Output voltage
Output current
Bus-bar voltage
Load motor speed
Module temp.
Runtime
accumulative time
Input terminal
output terminal
analog input VCI
analog input YCI
analog input CCI
exterior pulse
input
read inverter state
auxiliary device
run command
set current run
frequency
provision of
auxiliary device
Mainframe sending
example,such as PC
Main- Auxirun
data control operation of
order
run data
frame liary
setting
inverter(C language
description
index
precision
order index
range
cluster format,auxiliary
device address is set to
01)
10
00
00
no
~010A00000192\r
1
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
~010B00000193\r
~010B00010194\r
~010B00020195\r
~010B00030196\r
~010B00040197\r
~010B00050198\r
~010B00060199\r
~010B0007019A\r
~010B0008019B\r
~010B0009019C\r
~010B000A01A4\r
~010B000B01A5\r
~010B000C01A6\r
~010B000D01A7\r
0.01Hz
0.01Hz
1V
0.1A
1V
1rpm
10C
1h
1h
no
no
0.01V
0.01V
0.01V
11
00
0E
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
~010B000E01A8\r
0.01Hz
11
00
0F
~010B000F01A9\r
12
00
00
no
no
no
no
12
00
01
auxiliary device
run with run freq. 12
provision
00
02
auxiliary device
forward run
00
03
12
~010C00000194\r
Set freq.
0Hz~high
=40.00Hz
~010C00010FA0027C\r 0.01Hz
limit freq.
auxiliary
0Hz~ high
device run
~010C00020FA0027D\r 0.01Hz
limit freq.
set freq.
=40.00Hz
no
~010C00030197\r
no
173
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
auxiliary device
reverse run
Read function
code parameter
Set function code parameter
174
12
00
04
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
no
~010C00040198\r
no
forward
run
0Hz~ high
05
~010C00050FA00280\r 0.01Hz boot-strap
limit freq.
set freq.
=40.00Hz
reverse
run
0Hz~ high
06
~010C00060FA00281\r 0.01Hz boot-strap
limit freq.
set freq.
=40.00Hz
auxiliary device
forward run with
run freq. provision
12
00
auxiliary device
reverse run with
run freq. provision
12
00
12
00
07
no
~010C0007019B\r
no
12
00
08
no
~010C0008019C\r
no
12
00
09
no
~010C0009019D\r
no
0A
no
~010C000A01A5\r
no
auxiliary device
stop
auxiliary device
jog run
auxiliary device
forward jog run
auxiliary device
reverse jog run
auxiliary device
stop jog run
auxiliary device
failure restoration
auxiliary device
urgent stop
Run freq. digital
setting F0.01
Run direction
setting F0.03
accelerating time1
F0.08
decelerating time1
F0.09
12
12
00
0B
no
~010C000B01A6\r
no
12
00
0C
no
~010C000C01A7\r
no
12
00
0D
no
~010C000E01A8\r
no
13
00
01
no
~010D00010196\r
0.01Hz
13
00
03
no
~010D00030198\r
1
13
00
08
no
~010D0008019D\r
0.1S
13
00
09
no
~010D0009019E\r
0.1S
Run freq. digital
setting F0.01
14
00
Run direction
setting
F0.03
14
00
Accelerating
time1 F0.08
14
00
Decelerating
time1 F0.09
14
00
Set
function
0Hz~ high
01
~010E00011388026B\r 0.01Hz code
limit freq.
F0.01=50.
00Hz
Set
function
03
0, 1
~010E00030001025A\r
1
code F0.03
to reverse
run
Set
function
08 0~8CA0 ~010E000803E8028B\r 0.1S
code F0.08
to 10.0s
Set
function
09 0~8CA0 ~010E000903E8028C\r 0.1S code F0.09
to 10.0s
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Software version
query order
Query auxiliary
device software
version
Table 5
15
00
00
no
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
~010F00000197\r
1
Response state word meanings of reading inverter state command
Signification
Bit
Bit0
description
Stop/run state
Bit1
Logo for under voltage
Bit2
FWD/REV run logo
Bit3
0
1
Stop
Run
Normal
Under voltage
Forward run
Reverse run
Swing freq. run mode logo
Ineffective
Effective
Bit4
Common run mode logo
Ineffective
Effective
Bit5
Jog run mode logo
No
Jog
Bit6
PLC run mode logo
No
Yes
Bit7
Multi-step freq. run mode logo
No
Yes
Bit8
PI closed loop run mode logo
No
Yes
Bit9
Set counting value arriving logo
No
Yes
Bit10
Specified counting value arriving
logo
No
Yes
Bit11~15
Reserved
175
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Table 6
Function
definition
Meanings
Mainfram
e order
Byte
quantity
Auxiliary
device
respond
Byte
quantity
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
read auxiliary device function code parameter
Read auxiliary device function code parameter: all function code parameter
except user password and manufacturer password
Frame
head
Address
Order
Order
index
See
remark
Run
data
Checko
ut sum
Frame
end
7EH
ADDR
13
4
BCC
0DH
1
2
2
4
0
4
1
7EH
ADDR
06
See
remark
Functio
n code
para.
BCC
0DH
1
2
2
4
4
4
1
Command index=combinated by function code group number and hex code of
function code number. For instance:
If want to read parameter of F0.05 function code, order index=0005;
If want to read parameter of F2.11 function code, order index =020B;
If want to read parameter of F2.15 function code, order index =020F;
If want to read parameter of F2.13 function code, order index =020D;
Corresponding relation between decimal and hex value of function code group No.
function
group
decimal
hex
function
group
decimal
hex
F0
0
00H
F6
6
06H
F1
1
01H
F7
7
07H
F2
2
02H
F8
8
08H
F3
3
03H
F9
9
09H
F4
4
04H
FD
13
0DH
F5
5
05H
FF
15
OFH
remark
virtual
data
0~FFFF (namely 0~65535)
Please input correct “user password” before you set user function code
parameter.
176
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Table 7
Appendix 3 Serial port RS485 communication protocol
Set auxiliary devsice function code parameter
Function Set auxiliary device function code parameter: all function code parameter except
definition user password and manufacturer password
Frame
Order
Checkout
Meanings
Address
Order
Run data
Frame end
head
index
sum
Mainframe
order
7EH
ADDR
14
See remark
4
BCC
0DH
Byte
quantity
1
2
2
4
0
4
1
Auxiliary
device
respond
7EH
ADDR
06
See remark
Function
code para.
BCC
0DH
1
2
2
4
4
4
1
Byte
quantity
Command index=combinated by function code group number and hex code of
function code number. For instance:
If want to set parameter of F0.05 function code, order index=000B;
If want to set parameter of F2.11 function code, order index =020B;
If want to set parameter of F2.15 function code, order index =020F;
If want to set parameter of F2.13 function code, order index =020D;
Corresponding relation between decimal and hex value of function code group No.
Function group Decimal
Remark
Hex
Function group
Decimal
Hex
F0
0
00H
F6
6
06H
F1
1
01H
F7
7
07H
F2
2
02H
F8
8
08H
F3
3
03H
F9
9
09H
F4
4
04H
FD
13
0DH
F5
5
05H
FF
15
0FH
Virtual data 0~FFFF (namely 0~65535)
177
www.enc.net.cn/en Tel/Fax:86-755-26984485/26985120
Appendix 4
1.1
Appendix 4
Braking resistance
Braking resistance
Braking resistance
The motor’s electric potential energy will charge inverter’s capacitance up
reversely if speed of the motor decends too quickly or load of the motor wobbles
too quickly while the inverter is running, which will increase the voltage upon
power modules suddenly and is easy to make the inverter damaged. The inverter
will control it according to load size and performance. You only need to connect
external braking resistance to realize timely energy discharge when the braking
function is needed. To connect external resistance is a kind of energy consumption
braking mode, as all the energy is consumed by the braking resistance.
We can add built-in braking unit for EDS1000-2S0004~2S0037 with additional
cost upon receival of your requirement; EDS1000-4T0007G~4T0150G have
built-in braking unit, but no braking resistance.
When braking function needed, please connect external braking resistance
according to below table.
Braking unit&braking resistance configuration and External braking
resistance configuration table
Type
EDS1000-2S0004
EDS1000-2S0007
EDS1000-2S0015
EDS1000-2S0022
EDS1000-2S0037
Built-in braking
unit
Need to be
customized
Need to be
customized
Need to be
customized
Need to be
customized
Need to be
customized
Built-in braking
resistance
External
braking
resistance
Qty.
Power of
external
braking
resistance
N/A
≥150Ω
1
200W
N/A
≥100Ω
1
250W
N/A
≥70Ω
1
400W
N/A
≥50Ω
1
600W
N/A
≥30Ω
1
1000W
EDS1000-4T0007G
Yes
N/A
≥300Ω
1
200W
EDS1000-4T0015G
Yes
N/A
≥300Ω
1
200W
EDS1000-4T0022G
Yes
N/A
≥300Ω
1
200W
EDS1000-4T0037G
Yes
N/A
≥125Ω
1
400W
EDS1000-4T0055G
Yes
N/A
≥80Ω
1
650W
EDS1000-4T0075G
Yes
N/A
≥80Ω
1
650W
EDS1000-4T0110G
Yes
N/A
≥50Ω
1
1000W
EDS1000-4T0150G
Yes
N/A
≥40Ω
1
1000W
178
Shenzhen Encom Electric Technologies CO., LTD.
Address: Floor5-6, building4, Pingshan Minqi Science Park,
Taoyuan Str., Nanshan Area, Shenzhen, China 518055
Web: www.enc.net.cn/en
E-mail: [email protected]
[email protected]
Tel : 86-755-26984485
Fax: 86-755-26985120
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement